]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Minor change.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c Maintenance notes:
14 @c 1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15 @c 2. Before creating final variant:
16 @c 2.1. Run `make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17 @c documented;
18 @c 2.2. Run `make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20 @include rendition.texi
21 @include value.texi
22
23 @defcodeindex op
24 @defcodeindex kw
25
26 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 @syncodeindex fn cp
28 @syncodeindex ky cp
29 @syncodeindex pg cp
30 @syncodeindex vr cp
31 @syncodeindex kw cp
32
33 @copying
34
35 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
36 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
37 from archives.
38
39 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
40 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
41
42 @quotation
43 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
44 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
45 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
46 Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
47 and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license
48 is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
49
50 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
51 copy and modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF
52 supports it in developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Archiving
57 @direntry
58 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
59 @end direntry
60
61 @dircategory Individual utilities
62 @direntry
63 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
64 @end direntry
65
66 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
67
68 @titlepage
69 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
70 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
71 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
72
73 @page
74 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @insertcopying
76 @end titlepage
77
78 @ifnottex
79 @node Top
80 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
81
82 @insertcopying
83
84 @cindex file archival
85 @cindex archiving files
86
87 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
88 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
89 @end ifnottex
90
91 @c The master menu goes here.
92 @c
93 @c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
94 @c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
95 @c To update it from the command line, run
96 @c
97 @c make master-menu
98
99 @menu
100 * Introduction::
101 * Tutorial::
102 * tar invocation::
103 * operations::
104 * Backups::
105 * Choosing::
106 * Date input formats::
107 * Formats::
108 * Media::
109
110 Appendices
111
112 * Changes::
113 * Configuring Help Summary::
114 * Fixing Snapshot Files::
115 * Tar Internals::
116 * Genfile::
117 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
118 * Copying This Manual::
119 * Index of Command Line Options::
120 * Index::
121
122 @detailmenu
123 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
124
125 Introduction
126
127 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
128 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
129 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
130 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
131 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
132 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
133
134 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
135
136 * assumptions::
137 * stylistic conventions::
138 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
139 * frequent operations::
140 * Two Frequent Options::
141 * create:: How to Create Archives
142 * list:: How to List Archives
143 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
144 * going further::
145
146 Two Frequently Used Options
147
148 * file tutorial::
149 * verbose tutorial::
150 * help tutorial::
151
152 How to Create Archives
153
154 * prepare for examples::
155 * Creating the archive::
156 * create verbose::
157 * short create::
158 * create dir::
159
160 How to List Archives
161
162 * list dir::
163
164 How to Extract Members from an Archive
165
166 * extracting archives::
167 * extracting files::
168 * extract dir::
169 * extracting untrusted archives::
170 * failing commands::
171
172 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
173
174 * Synopsis::
175 * using tar options::
176 * Styles::
177 * All Options::
178 * help::
179 * defaults::
180 * verbose::
181 * checkpoints::
182 * warnings::
183 * interactive::
184
185 The Three Option Styles
186
187 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
188 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
189 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
190 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
191
192 All @command{tar} Options
193
194 * Operation Summary::
195 * Option Summary::
196 * Short Option Summary::
197
198 @GNUTAR{} Operations
199
200 * Basic tar::
201 * Advanced tar::
202 * create options::
203 * extract options::
204 * backup::
205 * Applications::
206 * looking ahead::
207
208 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
209
210 * Operations::
211 * append::
212 * update::
213 * concatenate::
214 * delete::
215 * compare::
216
217 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
218
219 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
220 * multiple::
221
222 Updating an Archive
223
224 * how to update::
225
226 Options Used by @option{--create}
227
228 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
229 * Ignore Failed Read::
230
231 Options Used by @option{--extract}
232
233 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
234 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
235 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
236
237 Options to Help Read Archives
238
239 * read full records::
240 * Ignore Zeros::
241
242 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
243
244 * Dealing with Old Files::
245 * Overwrite Old Files::
246 * Keep Old Files::
247 * Keep Newer Files::
248 * Unlink First::
249 * Recursive Unlink::
250 * Data Modification Times::
251 * Setting Access Permissions::
252 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
253 * Writing to Standard Output::
254 * Writing to an External Program::
255 * remove files::
256
257 Coping with Scarce Resources
258
259 * Starting File::
260 * Same Order::
261
262 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
263
264 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
265 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
266 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
267 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
268 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
269 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
270
271 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
272
273 * General-Purpose Variables::
274 * Magnetic Tape Control::
275 * User Hooks::
276 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
277
278 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
279
280 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
281 * Selecting Archive Members::
282 * files:: Reading Names from a File
283 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
284 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
285 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
286 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
287 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
288 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
289 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
290
291 Reading Names from a File
292
293 * nul::
294
295 Excluding Some Files
296
297 * problems with exclude::
298
299 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
300
301 * controlling pattern-matching::
302
303 Crossing File System Boundaries
304
305 * directory:: Changing Directory
306 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
307
308 Date input formats
309
310 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
311 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
312 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
313 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
314 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
315 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
316 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
317 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
318 * Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
319 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
320
321 Controlling the Archive Format
322
323 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
324 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
325 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
326 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
327
328 Using Less Space through Compression
329
330 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
331 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
332
333 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
334
335 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
336 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
337 * hard links:: Hard Links
338 * old:: Old V7 Archives
339 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
340 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
341 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
342 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
343 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
344 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
345 Other @command{tar} Implementations
346
347 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
348
349 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
350
351 How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
352
353 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
354 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
355
356 Tapes and Other Archive Media
357
358 * Device:: Device selection and switching
359 * Remote Tape Server::
360 * Common Problems and Solutions::
361 * Blocking:: Blocking
362 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
363 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
364 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
365 * verify::
366 * Write Protection::
367
368 Blocking
369
370 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
371 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
372
373 Many Archives on One Tape
374
375 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
376 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
377
378 Using Multiple Tapes
379
380 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
381 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
382 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
383
384
385 Tar Internals
386
387 * Standard:: Basic Tar Format
388 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
389 * Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
390 * Snapshot Files::
391 * Dumpdir::
392
393 Storing Sparse Files
394
395 * Old GNU Format::
396 * PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
397 * PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
398
399 Genfile
400
401 * Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
402 * Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
403 * Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
404
405 Copying This Manual
406
407 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
408
409 @end detailmenu
410 @end menu
411
412 @node Introduction
413 @chapter Introduction
414
415 @GNUTAR{} creates
416 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
417 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
418 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
419 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
420 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
421
422 @menu
423 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
424 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
425 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
426 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
427 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
428 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
429 @end menu
430
431 @node Book Contents
432 @section What this Book Contains
433
434 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
435 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
436 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
437 or comments.
438
439 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
440 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
441 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
442 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
443 progressive order, building on information already explained.
444
445 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
446 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
447 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
448 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
449 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
450 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
451 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
452 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
453 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
454 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
455
456 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
457 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
458
459 The other chapters are meant to be used as a reference. Each chapter
460 presents everything that needs to be said about a specific topic.
461
462 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
463 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
464 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
465 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
466
467 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
468 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
469 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
470 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
471 indicate this.)
472
473 @node Definitions
474 @section Some Definitions
475
476 @cindex archive
477 @cindex tar archive
478 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
479 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
480 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
481 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
482 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
483 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
484 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
485 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
486
487 @cindex member
488 @cindex archive member
489 @cindex file name
490 @cindex member name
491 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
492 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
493 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
494 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
495 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
496 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
497 archive.
498
499 @cindex extraction
500 @cindex unpacking
501 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
502 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
503 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
504 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
505 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
506 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
507 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
508 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
509 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
510 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
511 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
512
513 @node What tar Does
514 @section What @command{tar} Does
515
516 @cindex tar
517 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
518 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
519 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
520 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
521 stored.
522
523 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
524 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
525 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
526 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
527 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
528
529 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
530 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
531
532 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
533 @table @asis
534 @item Storage
535 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
536 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
537 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
538 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
539 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
540 unit.
541
542 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
543 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
544 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
545 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
546 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
547 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
548 archives useful.
549
550 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
551 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
552 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
553 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
554 all dimensions, even time!)
555
556 @item Backup
557 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
558 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
559 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
560 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
561 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
562 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
563 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
564 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
565 file system.
566
567 @item Transportation
568 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
569 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
570 files from one system to another.
571 @end table
572
573 @node Naming tar Archives
574 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
575
576 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
577 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
578 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
579 it and to make examples more clear.
580
581 @cindex tar file
582 @cindex entry
583 @cindex tar entry
584 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
585 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
586 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
587 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
588 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
589
590 @node Authors
591 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
592
593 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
594 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
595 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
596 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
597 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
598 numerous and kind users.
599
600 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
601 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
602 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
603 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
604 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
605
606 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
607 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
608 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
609 i'll think about it.}
610
611 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
612 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
613
614 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
615 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
616 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
617 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
618 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
619 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
620 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
621 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
622 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
623
624 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
625 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
626
627 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
628 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
629 active development and maintenance work has started
630 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
631 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
632
633 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
634
635 @node Reports
636 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
637
638 @cindex bug reports
639 @cindex reporting bugs
640 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
641 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
642
643 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
644 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
645 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
646 manual}.
647
648 @node Tutorial
649 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
650
651 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
652 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
653 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
654 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
655 details about how @command{tar} works.
656
657 @menu
658 * assumptions::
659 * stylistic conventions::
660 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
661 * frequent operations::
662 * Two Frequent Options::
663 * create:: How to Create Archives
664 * list:: How to List Archives
665 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
666 * going further::
667 @end menu
668
669 @node assumptions
670 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
671
672 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
673 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
674 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
675 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
676 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
677
678 @itemize @bullet
679 @item
680 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
681 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
682 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
683 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
684 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
685 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
686 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
687 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
688 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
689 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
690 input, what various definitions of the term @samp{argument} mean, and the
691 differences between relative and absolute file names. @FIXME{and what
692 else?}
693
694 @item
695 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
696 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
697 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show file names,
698 we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
699 For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
700 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
701 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
702
703 @item
704 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
705 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
706 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
707 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
708 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
709 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
710 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
711 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
712 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
713
714 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
715 @end itemize
716
717 @node stylistic conventions
718 @section Stylistic Conventions
719
720 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
721 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
722 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
723 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
724 sometimes @samp{like this}.
725
726 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
727 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
728
729 @node basic tar options
730 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
731
732 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
733 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
734 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
735 operations, and options.
736
737 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
738 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
739 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
740 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
741 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
742 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
743
744 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
745 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
746 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
747 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
748 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
749 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
750
751 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
752 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
753 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
754 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
755 corresponding abbreviations. We will indicate those abbreviations
756 appropriately to get you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old
757 style'' option forms exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
758 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
759 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
760 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
761 @pxref{Short Options}).
762
763 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
764 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
765 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
766 For example, instead of typing
767
768 @smallexample
769 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
770 @end smallexample
771
772 @noindent
773 you can type
774 @smallexample
775 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
776 @end smallexample
777
778 @noindent
779 or even
780 @smallexample
781 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
782 @end smallexample
783
784 @noindent
785 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
786 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
787 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
788
789 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
790 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
791 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
792 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
793 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
794 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
795 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
796
797 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
798 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
799 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
800 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
801 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.). However,
802 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
803 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
804 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
805 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
806 intends.
807
808 @node frequent operations
809 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
810
811 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
812 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
813 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
814 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
815
816 @table @option
817 @item --create
818 @itemx -c
819 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
820 @item --list
821 @itemx -t
822 List the contents of an archive.
823 @item --extract
824 @itemx -x
825 Extract one or more members from an archive.
826 @end table
827
828 @node Two Frequent Options
829 @section Two Frequently Used Options
830
831 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
832 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
833 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
834 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
835 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
836 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
837
838 @menu
839 * file tutorial::
840 * verbose tutorial::
841 * help tutorial::
842 @end menu
843
844 @node file tutorial
845 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
846
847 @table @option
848 @xopindex{file, tutorial}
849 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
850 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
851 Specify the name of an archive file.
852 @end table
853
854 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
855 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
856 that @command{tar} will work on.
857
858 @vrindex TAPE
859 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
860 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
861 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
862 default archive, determined at the compile time. Usually it is
863 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
864 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
865 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
866 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
867 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
868 of the following:
869
870 @smallexample
871 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
872 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
873 @end smallexample
874
875 @noindent
876 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
877 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
878 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
879 @ref{file}.
880
881 @node verbose tutorial
882 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
883
884 @table @option
885 @xopindex{verbose, introduced}
886 @item --verbose
887 @itemx -v
888 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
889 @end table
890
891 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
892 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
893 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
894 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
895 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
896 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
897 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
898 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
899 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
900 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
901
902 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
903 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
904 specify it twice.
905
906 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
907 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
908 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
909 @command{ls} style member listing.
910
911 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
912 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
913 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
914 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
915 enable the full listing.
916
917 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
918
919 @smallexample
920 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
921 apple
922 angst
923 aspic
924 @end smallexample
925
926 @noindent
927 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
928
929 @smallexample
930 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
931 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
932 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
933 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
934 @end smallexample
935
936 @noindent
937 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
938 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
939 twice, like this:
940
941 @smallexample
942 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
943 @end smallexample
944
945 @noindent
946 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
947
948 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
949 --verbose}}.
950
951 @anchor{verbose member listing}
952 The full output consists of six fields:
953
954 @itemize @bullet
955 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
956 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
957 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
958 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
959
960 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
961 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
962 archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
963
964 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
965
966 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
967
968 @item File modification time.
969
970 @item File name.
971 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
972 etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
973 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
974 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
975
976 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
977 additional information, described in the following table:
978
979 @table @samp
980 @item -> @var{link-name}
981 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
982 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
983
984 @item link to @var{link-name}
985 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
986 the name of file it links to.
987
988 @item --Long Link--
989 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
990 not encounter this.
991
992 @item --Long Name--
993 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
994 not encounter this.
995
996 @item --Volume Header--
997 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
998
999 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
1000 Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
1001 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
1002 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1003 the original file was split.
1004
1005 @item unknown file type @var{c}
1006 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1007 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
1008 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1009 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1010 @end table
1011
1012 @end itemize
1013
1014 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1015 suffixes explained above:
1016
1017 @smallexample
1018 @group
1019 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1020 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at
1021 byte 32456--
1022 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1023 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1024 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1025 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1026 @end group
1027 @end smallexample
1028
1029 @smallexample
1030 @end smallexample
1031
1032 @node help tutorial
1033 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1034
1035 @table @option
1036 @opindex help
1037 @item --help
1038
1039 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1040 all operations and option available for the current version of
1041 @command{tar} available on your system.
1042 @end table
1043
1044 @node create
1045 @section How to Create Archives
1046 @UNREVISED
1047
1048 @cindex Creation of the archive
1049 @cindex Archive, creation of
1050 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1051 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1052 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1053 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1054 practice on.
1055
1056 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1057 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1058 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1059 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1060 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1061 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1062 other directories and other archives.
1063
1064 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1065 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1066 @file{collection.tar}.
1067
1068 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1069 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1070 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1071 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1072 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1073 @command{tar} works.
1074
1075 @menu
1076 * prepare for examples::
1077 * Creating the archive::
1078 * create verbose::
1079 * short create::
1080 * create dir::
1081 @end menu
1082
1083 @node prepare for examples
1084 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1085
1086 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1087 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1088 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1089 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1090 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1091 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1092
1093 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1094 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1095 the full file name of this directory is
1096 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1097 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1098
1099 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1100 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1101 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1102 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1103
1104 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1105 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1106 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1107 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1108 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1109 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1110 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1111 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1112 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1113 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1114
1115 @node Creating the archive
1116 @subsection Creating the Archive
1117
1118 @xopindex{create, introduced}
1119 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1120 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1121
1122 @smallexample
1123 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1124 @end smallexample
1125
1126 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1127 option forms}. You could also say:
1128
1129 @smallexample
1130 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1131 @end smallexample
1132
1133 @noindent
1134 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1135 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1136 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1137 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1138
1139 Note that the sequence
1140 @option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1141 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1142 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1143 archive file you create.
1144
1145 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1146 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1147 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1148 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1149 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1150 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1151
1152 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1153 is the operation which creates the new archive
1154 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1155 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1156 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1157 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1158 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1159 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1160 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1161
1162 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1163 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1164 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1165
1166 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1167 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1168
1169 @smallexample
1170 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1171 @end smallexample
1172
1173 @noindent
1174 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1175 the files in the directory.
1176
1177 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1178 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1179 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1180 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1181
1182 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1183 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1184 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1185
1186 @node create verbose
1187 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1188
1189 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1190 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1191 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1192 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1193 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1194
1195 @smallexample
1196 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1197 blues
1198 folk
1199 jazz
1200 @end smallexample
1201
1202 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1203 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1204 @iftex
1205 (note the different font styles).
1206 @end iftex
1207 @ifinfo
1208 .
1209 @end ifinfo
1210
1211 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1212 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1213 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1214 understand.
1215
1216 @node short create
1217 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1218
1219 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1220 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1221 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1222 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1223 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1224 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1225 using short option forms:
1226
1227 @smallexample
1228 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1229 blues
1230 folk
1231 jazz
1232 @end smallexample
1233
1234 @noindent
1235 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1236 long or short option forms.
1237
1238 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1239 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1240 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1241 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1242 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1243 following way:
1244
1245 @smallexample
1246 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1247 @end smallexample
1248
1249 @noindent
1250 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1251 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1252 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1253 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1254 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1255 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1256 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1257 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1258 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1259 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1260 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1261
1262 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1263 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1264 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1265
1266 This example,
1267
1268 @smallexample
1269 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1270 @end smallexample
1271
1272 @noindent
1273 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1274 becomes much more so:
1275
1276 @smallexample
1277 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1278 @end smallexample
1279
1280 @noindent
1281 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1282 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1283 valuable data.
1284
1285 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1286 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1287 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1288 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1289 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1290
1291 @node create dir
1292 @subsection Archiving Directories
1293
1294 @cindex Archiving Directories
1295 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1296 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1297 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1298 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1299 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1300
1301 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1302 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1303 type:
1304
1305 @smallexample
1306 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1307 $
1308 @end smallexample
1309
1310 @noindent
1311 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1312 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1313 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1314 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1315
1316 @smallexample
1317 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1318 @end smallexample
1319
1320 @noindent
1321 @command{tar} should output:
1322
1323 @smallexample
1324 practice/
1325 practice/blues
1326 practice/folk
1327 practice/jazz
1328 practice/collection.tar
1329 @end smallexample
1330
1331 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1332 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1333 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1334 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1335 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1336 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1337 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1338 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1339 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1340 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1341 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1342 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1343 into the file system).
1344
1345 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1346
1347 @smallexample
1348 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1349 @end smallexample
1350
1351 @noindent
1352 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1353 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1354 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1355 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1356 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1357 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1358 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1359 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1360 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1361 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1362 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1363 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1364 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1365 of the directory being dumped.
1366
1367 @node list
1368 @section How to List Archives
1369
1370 @opindex list
1371 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1372 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list}
1373 (@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1374 appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1375 the time they were archived. For example, you can examine the archive
1376 @file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1377 command,
1378
1379 @smallexample
1380 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1381 @end smallexample
1382
1383 @noindent
1384 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1385
1386 @smallexample
1387 blues
1388 folk
1389 jazz
1390 @end smallexample
1391
1392 @noindent
1393 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1394
1395 @smallexample
1396 ./birds
1397 baboon
1398 ./box
1399 @end smallexample
1400
1401 @noindent
1402 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1403 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1404 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1405
1406 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1407 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1408 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1409 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1410 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1411 forth. This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1412
1413 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1414 above would look like:
1415
1416 @smallexample
1417 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1418 -rw-r--r-- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1419 @end smallexample
1420
1421 @cindex listing member and file names
1422 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1423 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1424 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1425 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1426 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1427 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1428 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1429 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1430 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1431 example:
1432
1433 @smallexample
1434 @group
1435 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file archive /etc/mail}
1436 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1437 /etc/mail/
1438 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1439 /etc/mail/aliases
1440 $ @kbd{tar --test --file archive}
1441 etc/mail/
1442 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1443 etc/mail/aliases
1444 @end group
1445 @end smallexample
1446
1447 @opindex show-stored-names
1448 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1449 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1450 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1451
1452 @table @option
1453 @item --show-stored-names
1454 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1455 @end table
1456
1457 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1458 @xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1459 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1460 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1461 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1462 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1463
1464 Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1465 they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1466 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1467 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1468 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1469 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1470 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1471 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1472 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1473
1474 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1475 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1476 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1477 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1478
1479 @smallexample
1480 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1481 @end smallexample
1482
1483 @noindent
1484 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1485 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1486 @command{tar} command line options.
1487
1488 @menu
1489 * list dir::
1490 @end menu
1491
1492 @node list dir
1493 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1494
1495 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1496 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1497 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1498 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1499
1500 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1501 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1502
1503 @smallexample
1504 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1505 @end smallexample
1506
1507 @command{tar} responds:
1508
1509 @smallexample
1510 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1511 -rw-r--r-- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1512 -rw-r--r-- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1513 -rw-r--r-- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1514 -rw-r--r-- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1515 @end smallexample
1516
1517 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1518 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1519
1520 @node extract
1521 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1522 @cindex Extraction
1523 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1524 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1525
1526 @opindex extract
1527 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1528 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1529 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1530 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1531 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1532 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1533 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1534 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1535 multiple times if you want or need to.
1536
1537 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1538 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1539 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1540 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1541
1542 @menu
1543 * extracting archives::
1544 * extracting files::
1545 * extract dir::
1546 * extracting untrusted archives::
1547 * failing commands::
1548 @end menu
1549
1550 @node extracting archives
1551 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1552
1553 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1554 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1555
1556 @smallexample
1557 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1558 @end smallexample
1559
1560 @noindent
1561 produces this:
1562
1563 @smallexample
1564 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1565 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1566 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1567 @end smallexample
1568
1569 @node extracting files
1570 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1571
1572 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1573 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1574 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1575 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1576 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1577 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1578 deleted.
1579
1580 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1581 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1582 the files in the directory again.
1583
1584 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1585 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1586
1587 @smallexample
1588 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1589 @end smallexample
1590
1591 @noindent
1592 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1593 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1594 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1595 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1596 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1597 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1598 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1599 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1600 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1601 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1602 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1603 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1604 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1605 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1606 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1607
1608 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1609 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1610 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1611 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1612 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1613 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1614 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1615 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1616 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1617 directory prefix, you could type:
1618
1619 @smallexample
1620 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1621 @end smallexample
1622
1623 @noindent
1624 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1625 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1626 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1627 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1628 @xref{wildcards}.
1629
1630 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1631 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1632 Output}).
1633
1634 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1635 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1636
1637 @node extract dir
1638 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1639
1640 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1641 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1642 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1643 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1644 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1645 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1646 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1647 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1648 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1649 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1650 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1651 @pxref{Writing}).
1652
1653 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1654 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1655 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1656
1657 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1658 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1659 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1660 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1661 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1662 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1663 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1664 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1665 following command:
1666
1667 @smallexample
1668 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1669 practice/folk
1670 practice/jazz
1671 @end smallexample
1672
1673 @noindent
1674 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1675 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1676 in the example below:
1677
1678 @smallexample
1679 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1680 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1681 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1682 @end smallexample
1683
1684 @noindent
1685 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1686 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1687 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1688 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1689
1690 @node extracting untrusted archives
1691 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1692
1693 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1694 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1695 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1696 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1697 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1698 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1699 extract it as follows:
1700
1701 @smallexample
1702 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1703 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1704 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1705 @end smallexample
1706
1707 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1708 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1709 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1710
1711 @node failing commands
1712 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1713
1714 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1715 they won't work.
1716
1717 If you try to use this command,
1718
1719 @smallexample
1720 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1721 @end smallexample
1722
1723 @noindent
1724 you will get the following response:
1725
1726 @smallexample
1727 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1728 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1729 $
1730 @end smallexample
1731
1732 @noindent
1733 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1734 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1735 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1736
1737 @smallexample
1738 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1739 practice/folk
1740 practice/jazz
1741 practice/rock
1742 @end smallexample
1743
1744 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1745 order...}
1746
1747 @noindent
1748 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1749
1750 @smallexample
1751 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1752 @end smallexample
1753
1754 @noindent
1755 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1756 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1757 to extract the files from the archive.
1758
1759 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1760 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1761
1762 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1763
1764 @node going further
1765 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1766 @UNREVISED
1767
1768 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1769 be in the rest of the manual.}
1770
1771 @node tar invocation
1772 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1773
1774 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1775 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1776 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1777 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1778 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1779 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1780 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1781 depending on what the operation is.
1782
1783 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1784 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1785 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1786 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1787 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1788
1789 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1790 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1791 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1792 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1793 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1794 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1795
1796 @menu
1797 * Synopsis::
1798 * using tar options::
1799 * Styles::
1800 * All Options::
1801 * help::
1802 * defaults::
1803 * verbose::
1804 * checkpoints::
1805 * warnings::
1806 * interactive::
1807 @end menu
1808
1809 @node Synopsis
1810 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1811
1812 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1813
1814 @smallexample
1815 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1816 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1817 @end smallexample
1818
1819 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1820
1821 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1822 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1823 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1824 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1825 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1826 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1827 @command{tar} is to act on.
1828
1829 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1830 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1831 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1832 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1833
1834 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1835 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1836 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1837 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1838 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1839 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1840 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1841 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1842 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1843 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1844 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1845
1846 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1847 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1848 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1849 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1850 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1851 @option{--absolute-names}.
1852
1853 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1854 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1855 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1856 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1857
1858 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1859 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1860 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1861 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1862 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1863 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1864 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1865 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1866 sufficient for this.
1867
1868 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1869 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1870 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1871
1872 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1873 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1874 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1875 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1876 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1877 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1878 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1879
1880 @cindex exit status
1881 @cindex return status
1882 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1883 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1884 @command{tar} command line is improperly written. Errors may be
1885 encountered later, while processing the archive or the files. Some
1886 errors are recoverable, in which case the failure is delayed until
1887 @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some errors are such that
1888 it would be not meaningful, or at least risky, to continue processing:
1889 @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately. All abnormal exits,
1890 whether immediate or delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on
1891 @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of the error.
1892
1893 Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1894 table:
1895
1896 @table @asis
1897 @item 0
1898 @samp{Successful termination}.
1899
1900 @item 1
1901 @samp{Some files differ}. If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1902 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1903 some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1904 (@pxref{compare}). If tar was given @option{--create},
1905 @option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1906 that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1907 archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1908
1909 @item 2
1910 @samp{Fatal error}. This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1911 occurred.
1912 @end table
1913
1914 If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1915 nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1916 This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1917 compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1918 failed. Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1919 remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1920
1921 @node using tar options
1922 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1923
1924 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1925 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1926 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1927 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1928 @command{tar} command (the corresponding options may be found
1929 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1930 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1931 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1932 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1933 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1934
1935 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1936 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1937 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1938 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1939 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1940 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1941 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1942 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1943 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1944 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1945 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1946 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1947
1948 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1949 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1950 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1951 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1952 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1953 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1954 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1955 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1956 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1957
1958 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1959 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1960 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1961 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1962 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1963
1964 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1965 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1966 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1967 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1968 styles.
1969
1970 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1971 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1972 incorporated.}
1973
1974 @node Styles
1975 @section The Three Option Styles
1976
1977 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1978 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1979 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1980 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1981
1982 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @option{--file}
1983 (@option{-f})) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1984 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1985 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1986 supply a specific archive file name.) Where you @emph{place} the
1987 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1988 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1989 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1990 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1991 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1992 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1993 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1994
1995 Some options @emph{may} take an argument. Such options may have at
1996 most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent. The
1997 rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
1998 those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please, pay special
1999 attention to them.
2000
2001 @menu
2002 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
2003 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2004 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2005 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2006 @end menu
2007
2008 @node Long Options
2009 @subsection Long Option Style
2010
2011 @cindex long options
2012 @cindex options, long style
2013 @cindex options, GNU style
2014 @cindex options, mnemonic names
2015 Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2016 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2017 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2018 single long option has many different names which are
2019 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
2020 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2021 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2022 other long option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2023 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2024 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2025 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2026 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2027 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2028 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2029 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2030
2031 Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2032 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2033 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2034
2035 @smallexample
2036 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2037 @end smallexample
2038
2039 @noindent
2040 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2041 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2042
2043 @cindex arguments to long options
2044 @cindex long options with mandatory arguments
2045 Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2046 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2047 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2048 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2049 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2050 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2051 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2052 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2053
2054 @cindex optional arguments to long options
2055 @cindex long options with optional arguments
2056 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2057 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2058 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2059 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2060
2061 @node Short Options
2062 @subsection Short Option Style
2063
2064 @cindex short options
2065 @cindex options, short style
2066 @cindex options, traditional
2067 Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name. Short options start with
2068 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2069 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2070 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2071
2072 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2073
2074 @cindex arguments to short options
2075 @cindex short options with mandatory arguments
2076 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2077 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2078 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2079 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2080 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2081 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2082 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2083 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2084
2085 @cindex optional arguments to short options
2086 @cindex short options with optional arguments
2087 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2088 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2089 white space characters}.
2090
2091 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2092 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2093 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2094 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2095 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2096 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2097 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2098 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2099
2100 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2101 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2102 For example:
2103
2104 @smallexample
2105 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2106 @end smallexample
2107
2108 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2109 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2110 end up overwriting files.
2111
2112 @node Old Options
2113 @subsection Old Option Style
2114 @cindex options, old style
2115 @cindex old option style
2116
2117 Like short options, @dfn{old options} are single letters. However, old options
2118 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2119 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2120 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2121 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2122 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2123 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2124 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2125 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2126 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2127 long option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2128 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2129
2130 @cindex arguments to old options
2131 @cindex old options with mandatory arguments
2132 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2133 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2134 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2135 style as follows:
2136
2137 @smallexample
2138 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2139 @end smallexample
2140
2141 @noindent
2142 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2143 the argument of @option{-f}.
2144
2145 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2146 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2147 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2148 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2149 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2150 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2151 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2152 pertain to.
2153
2154 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2155 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2156
2157 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2158 users. For example, the two commands:
2159
2160 @smallexample
2161 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2162 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2163 @end smallexample
2164
2165 @noindent
2166 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2167 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2168 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2169 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2170
2171 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2172
2173 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2174 following are equivalent:
2175
2176 @smallexample
2177 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2178 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2179 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2180 @end smallexample
2181
2182 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2183 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2184 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2185 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2186 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2187 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2188 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2189 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2190 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) command to create an archive.
2191
2192 @node Mixing
2193 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2194
2195 @cindex options, mixing different styles
2196 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2197 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2198 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2199 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2200 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2201 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2202 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2203 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2204 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2205 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2206 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2207 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2208 style options.
2209
2210 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2211 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2212
2213 @smallexample
2214 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2215 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2216 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2217 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2218 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2219 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2220 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2221 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2222 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2223 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2224 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2225 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2226 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2227 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2228 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2229 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2230 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2231 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2232 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2233 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2234 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2235 @end smallexample
2236
2237 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2238 the previous set:
2239
2240 @smallexample
2241 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2242 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2243 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2244 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2245 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2246 @end smallexample
2247
2248 @noindent
2249 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2250 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2251 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2252 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2253 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2254 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2255 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2256 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2257 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2258 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2259 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2260
2261 @node All Options
2262 @section All @command{tar} Options
2263
2264 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2265 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2266 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2267 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2268 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2269 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2270
2271 @menu
2272 * Operation Summary::
2273 * Option Summary::
2274 * Short Option Summary::
2275 @end menu
2276
2277 @node Operation Summary
2278 @subsection Operations
2279
2280 @table @option
2281
2282 @opsummary{append}
2283 @item --append
2284 @itemx -r
2285
2286 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2287
2288 @opsummary{catenate}
2289 @item --catenate
2290 @itemx -A
2291
2292 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2293
2294 @opsummary{compare}
2295 @item --compare
2296 @itemx -d
2297
2298 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2299 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2300 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2301
2302 @opsummary{concatenate}
2303 @item --concatenate
2304 @itemx -A
2305
2306 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2307 @xref{concatenate}.
2308
2309 @opsummary{create}
2310 @item --create
2311 @itemx -c
2312
2313 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2314
2315 @opsummary{delete}
2316 @item --delete
2317
2318 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2319 tape! @xref{delete}.
2320
2321 @opsummary{diff}
2322 @item --diff
2323 @itemx -d
2324
2325 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2326
2327 @opsummary{extract}
2328 @item --extract
2329 @itemx -x
2330
2331 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2332
2333 @opsummary{get}
2334 @item --get
2335 @itemx -x
2336
2337 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2338
2339 @opsummary{list}
2340 @item --list
2341 @itemx -t
2342
2343 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2344
2345 @opsummary{update}
2346 @item --update
2347 @itemx -u
2348
2349 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2350 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2351 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2352
2353 @end table
2354
2355 @node Option Summary
2356 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2357
2358 @table @option
2359
2360 @opsummary{absolute-names}
2361 @item --absolute-names
2362 @itemx -P
2363
2364 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2365 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2366 @xref{absolute}.
2367
2368 @opsummary{after-date}
2369 @item --after-date
2370
2371 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2372
2373 @opsummary{anchored}
2374 @item --anchored
2375 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2376 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2377
2378 @opsummary{atime-preserve}
2379 @item --atime-preserve
2380 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2381 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2382
2383 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2384 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2385 have superuser privileges.
2386
2387 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2388 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2389 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2390 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2391 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2392 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2393 other programs are writing the file at the same time. (Tar attempts
2394 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2395 conditions.) Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2396 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2397 incompatible with incremental backups.
2398
2399 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2400 without interfering with time stamp updates
2401 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2402 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2403 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2404 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2405 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2406 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2407 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2408 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2409 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2410 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2411 option works when it actually does not.
2412
2413 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2414 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2415 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2416
2417 If your operating system does not support
2418 @option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2419 times reliably by by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2420 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2421 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2422 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2423 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2424
2425 @opsummary{auto-compress}
2426 @item --auto-compress
2427 @itemx -a
2428
2429 During a @option{--create} operation, enables automatic compressed
2430 format recognition based on the archive suffix. The effect of this
2431 option is cancelled by @option{--no-auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2432
2433 @opsummary{backup}
2434 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2435
2436 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2437 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2438 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2439
2440 @opsummary{block-number}
2441 @item --block-number
2442 @itemx -R
2443
2444 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2445 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2446
2447 @opsummary{blocking-factor}
2448 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2449 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2450
2451 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2452 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2453
2454 @opsummary{bzip2}
2455 @item --bzip2
2456 @itemx -j
2457
2458 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2459 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2460
2461 @opsummary{check-device}
2462 @item --check-device
2463 Check device numbers when creating a list of modified files for
2464 incremental archiving. This is the default. @xref{device numbers},
2465 for a detailed description.
2466
2467 @opsummary{checkpoint}
2468 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2469
2470 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2471 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2472 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2473 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. You can also instruct
2474 @command{tar} to execute a list of actions on each checkpoint, see
2475 @option{--checkpoint-action} below. For a detailed description, see
2476 @ref{checkpoints}.
2477
2478 @opsummary{checkpoint-action}
2479 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
2480 Instruct @command{tar} to execute an action upon hitting a
2481 breakpoint. Here we give only a brief outline. @xref{checkpoints},
2482 for a complete description.
2483
2484 The @var{action} argument can be one of the following:
2485
2486 @table @asis
2487 @item bell
2488 Produce an audible bell on the console.
2489
2490 @item dot
2491 @itemx .
2492 Print a single dot on the standard listing stream.
2493
2494 @item echo
2495 Display a textual message on the standard error, with the status and
2496 number of the checkpoint. This is the default.
2497
2498 @item echo=@var{string}
2499 Display @var{string} on the standard error. Before output, the string
2500 is subject to meta-character expansion.
2501
2502 @item exec=@var{command}
2503 Execute the given @var{command}.
2504
2505 @item sleep=@var{time}
2506 Wait for @var{time} seconds.
2507
2508 @item ttyout=@var{string}
2509 Output @var{string} on the current console (@file{/dev/tty}).
2510 @end table
2511
2512 Several @option{--checkpoint-action} options can be specified. The
2513 supplied actions will be executed in order of their appearance in the
2514 command line.
2515
2516 Using @option{--checkpoint-action} without @option{--checkpoint}
2517 assumes default checkpoint frequency of one checkpoint per 10 records.
2518
2519 @opsummary{check-links}
2520 @item --check-links
2521 @itemx -l
2522 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2523 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2524 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2525 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2526 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2527 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2528 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2529
2530 @xref{hard links}.
2531
2532 @opsummary{compress}
2533 @opsummary{uncompress}
2534 @item --compress
2535 @itemx --uncompress
2536 @itemx -Z
2537
2538 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2539 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2540 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2541
2542 @opsummary{confirmation}
2543 @item --confirmation
2544
2545 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2546
2547 @opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2548 @item --delay-directory-restore
2549
2550 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2551 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2552
2553 @opsummary{dereference}
2554 @item --dereference
2555 @itemx -h
2556
2557 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2558 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2559 symlink. @xref{dereference}.
2560
2561 @opsummary{directory}
2562 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2563 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2564
2565 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2566 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2567 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2568
2569 @opsummary{exclude}
2570 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2571
2572 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2573 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2574
2575 @opsummary{exclude-backups}
2576 @item --exclude-backups
2577 Exclude backup and lock files. @xref{exclude,, exclude-backups}.
2578
2579 @opsummary{exclude-from}
2580 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2581 @itemx -X @var{file}
2582
2583 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2584 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2585
2586 @opsummary{exclude-caches}
2587 @item --exclude-caches
2588
2589 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2590 tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2591
2592 @xref{exclude,, exclude-caches}.
2593
2594 @opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2595 @item --exclude-caches-under
2596
2597 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2598 tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2599
2600 @xref{exclude}.
2601
2602 @opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2603 @item --exclude-caches-all
2604
2605 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2606 tag file. @xref{exclude}.
2607
2608 @opsummary{exclude-tag}
2609 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2610
2611 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2612 dump the directory node and @var{file} itself. @xref{exclude,, exclude-tag}.
2613
2614 @opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2615 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2616
2617 Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2618 named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself. @xref{exclude,,
2619 exclude-tag-under}.
2620
2621 @opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2622 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2623
2624 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2625 @xref{exclude,,exclude-tag-all}.
2626
2627 @opsummary{exclude-vcs}
2628 @item --exclude-vcs
2629
2630 Exclude from dump directories and files, that are internal for some
2631 widely used version control systems.
2632
2633 @xref{exclude,,exclude-vcs}.
2634
2635 @opsummary{file}
2636 @item --file=@var{archive}
2637 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2638
2639 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2640 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2641 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2642
2643 @opsummary{files-from}
2644 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2645 @itemx -T @var{file}
2646
2647 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2648 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2649 command-line. @xref{files}.
2650
2651 @opsummary{force-local}
2652 @item --force-local
2653
2654 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2655 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2656 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2657
2658 @opsummary{format}
2659 @item --format=@var{format}
2660 @itemx -H @var{format}
2661
2662 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2663 following:
2664
2665 @table @samp
2666 @item v7
2667 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2668
2669 @item oldgnu
2670 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2671 1.12 or earlier.
2672
2673 @item gnu
2674 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2675 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2676 numeric fields.
2677
2678 @item ustar
2679 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2680
2681 @item posix
2682 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2683
2684 @end table
2685
2686 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2687
2688 @opsummary{group}
2689 @item --group=@var{group}
2690
2691 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2692 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2693 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2694 a decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}. @xref{override}.
2695
2696 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2697
2698 @opsummary{gzip}
2699 @opsummary{gunzip}
2700 @opsummary{ungzip}
2701 @item --gzip
2702 @itemx --gunzip
2703 @itemx --ungzip
2704 @itemx -z
2705
2706 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2707 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2708 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2709
2710 @opsummary{hard-dereference}
2711 @item --hard-dereference
2712 When creating an archive, dereference hard links and store the files
2713 they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members.
2714
2715 @xref{hard links}.
2716
2717 @opsummary{help}
2718 @item --help
2719 @itemx -?
2720
2721 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2722 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2723
2724 @opsummary{ignore-case}
2725 @item --ignore-case
2726 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2727 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2728
2729 @opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2730 @item --ignore-command-error
2731 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2732
2733 @opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2734 @item --ignore-failed-read
2735
2736 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2737 @xref{Reading}.
2738
2739 @opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2740 @item --ignore-zeros
2741 @itemx -i
2742
2743 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2744 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2745
2746 @opsummary{incremental}
2747 @item --incremental
2748 @itemx -G
2749
2750 Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2751 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2752 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2753 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2754
2755 @opsummary{index-file}
2756 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2757
2758 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2759
2760 @opsummary{info-script}
2761 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2762 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2763 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2764 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2765
2766 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2767 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2768 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2769 discussion of @var{script-file}.
2770
2771 @opsummary{interactive}
2772 @item --interactive
2773 @itemx --confirmation
2774 @itemx -w
2775
2776 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2777 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2778 @xref{interactive}.
2779
2780 @opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2781 @item --keep-newer-files
2782
2783 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2784 when extracting files from an archive.
2785
2786 @opsummary{keep-old-files}
2787 @item --keep-old-files
2788 @itemx -k
2789
2790 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2791 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2792
2793 @opsummary{label}
2794 @item --label=@var{name}
2795 @itemx -V @var{name}
2796
2797 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2798 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2799 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2800 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2801
2802 @opsummary{level}
2803 @item --level=@var{n}
2804 Force incremental backup of level @var{n}. As of @GNUTAR version
2805 @value{VERSION}, the option @option{--level=0} truncates the snapshot
2806 file, thereby forcing the level 0 dump. Other values of @var{n} are
2807 effectively ignored. @xref{--level=0}, for details and examples.
2808
2809 The use of this option is valid only in conjunction with the
2810 @option{--listed-incremental} option. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2811 for a detailed description.
2812
2813 @opsummary{listed-incremental}
2814 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2815 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2816
2817 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2818 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2819 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2820 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2821 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2822
2823 @opsummary{lzma}
2824 @item --lzma
2825
2826 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2827 @command{lzma}. @xref{gzip}.
2828
2829 @item --lzop
2830
2831 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2832 @command{lzop}. @xref{gzip}.
2833
2834 @opsummary{mode}
2835 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2836
2837 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2838 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2839 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2840 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2841 @command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2842
2843 @opsummary{mtime}
2844 @item --mtime=@var{date}
2845
2846 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2847 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2848 their actual modification times. The value of @var{date} can be
2849 either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2850 name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the
2851 latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2852
2853 @opsummary{multi-volume}
2854 @item --multi-volume
2855 @itemx -M
2856
2857 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2858 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2859
2860 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2861 @item --new-volume-script
2862
2863 (see --info-script)
2864
2865 @opsummary{newer}
2866 @item --newer=@var{date}
2867 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2868 @itemx -N
2869
2870 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2871 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2872 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2873 the date. @xref{after}.
2874
2875 @opsummary{newer-mtime}
2876 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2877
2878 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2879 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2880 also back up files for which any status information has
2881 changed). @xref{after}.
2882
2883 @opsummary{no-anchored}
2884 @item --no-anchored
2885 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2886 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2887
2888 @opsummary{no-auto-compress}
2889 @item --no-auto-compress
2890
2891 Disables automatic compressed format recognition based on the archive
2892 suffix. @xref{--auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2893
2894 @opsummary{no-check-device}
2895 @item --no-check-device
2896 Do not check device numbers when creating a list of modified files
2897 for incremental archiving. @xref{device numbers}, for
2898 a detailed description.
2899
2900 @opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2901 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2902
2903 Modification times and permissions of extracted
2904 directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2905 extracted. This is the default.
2906 @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2907
2908 @opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2909 @item --no-ignore-case
2910 Use case-sensitive matching.
2911 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2912
2913 @opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2914 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2915 Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2916 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2917
2918 @opsummary{no-null}
2919 @item --no-null
2920
2921 If the @option{--null} option was given previously, this option
2922 cancels its effect, so that any following @option{--files-from}
2923 options will expect their file lists to be newline-terminated.
2924
2925 @opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2926 @item --no-overwrite-dir
2927
2928 Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2929 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2930
2931 @opsummary{no-quote-chars}
2932 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
2933 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
2934 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
2935 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
2936
2937 @opsummary{no-recursion}
2938 @item --no-recursion
2939
2940 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2941 @xref{recurse}.
2942
2943 @opsummary{no-same-owner}
2944 @item --no-same-owner
2945 @itemx -o
2946
2947 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2948 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2949 for ordinary users.
2950
2951 @opsummary{no-same-permissions}
2952 @item --no-same-permissions
2953
2954 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2955 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2956 for ordinary users.
2957
2958 @opsummary{no-seek}
2959 @item --no-seek
2960
2961 The archive media does not support seeks to arbitrary
2962 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2963 the archive can be seeked or not. Use this option to disable this
2964 mechanism.
2965
2966 @opsummary{no-unquote}
2967 @item --no-unquote
2968 Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
2969 escape sequences. @xref{input name quoting}.
2970
2971 @opsummary{no-wildcards}
2972 @item --no-wildcards
2973 Do not use wildcards.
2974 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2975
2976 @opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
2977 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2978 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
2979 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2980
2981 @opsummary{null}
2982 @item --null
2983
2984 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2985 instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with @acronym{NUL}, so
2986 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2987 @xref{nul}.
2988
2989 @opsummary{numeric-owner}
2990 @item --numeric-owner
2991
2992 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2993 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2994 @xref{Attributes}.
2995
2996 @item -o
2997 The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
2998 performing. When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2999 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
3000 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
3001
3002 When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
3003 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
3004 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
3005 removed in future releases.
3006
3007 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3008
3009 @opsummary{occurrence}
3010 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
3011
3012 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
3013 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
3014 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
3015 line or via @option{-T} option.
3016
3017 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
3018 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
3019
3020 @smallexample
3021 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
3022 @end smallexample
3023
3024 @noindent
3025 will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3026 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3027
3028 @opsummary{old-archive}
3029 @item --old-archive
3030 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3031
3032 @opsummary{one-file-system}
3033 @item --one-file-system
3034 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3035 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3036 directory.
3037
3038 @opsummary{overwrite}
3039 @item --overwrite
3040
3041 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3042 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3043
3044 @opsummary{overwrite-dir}
3045 @item --overwrite-dir
3046
3047 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3048 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3049
3050 @opsummary{owner}
3051 @item --owner=@var{user}
3052
3053 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3054 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3055 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
3056 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user @acronym{ID}.
3057 @xref{override}.
3058
3059 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3060
3061 @opsummary{pax-option}
3062 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3063 This option enables creation of the archive in @acronym{POSIX.1-2001}
3064 format (@pxref{posix}) and modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3065 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3066 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
3067 discussion.
3068
3069 @opsummary{portability}
3070 @item --portability
3071 @itemx --old-archive
3072 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3073
3074 @opsummary{posix}
3075 @item --posix
3076 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3077
3078 @opsummary{preserve}
3079 @item --preserve
3080
3081 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
3082 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3083
3084 @opsummary{preserve-order}
3085 @item --preserve-order
3086
3087 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3088
3089 @opsummary{preserve-permissions}
3090 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3091 @item --preserve-permissions
3092 @itemx --same-permissions
3093 @itemx -p
3094
3095 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3096 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3097 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3098 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3099 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3100
3101 @opsummary{quote-chars}
3102 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
3103 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
3104 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3105
3106 @opsummary{quoting-style}
3107 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
3108 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
3109 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
3110 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
3111 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
3112 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
3113 package.
3114
3115 @opsummary{read-full-records}
3116 @item --read-full-records
3117 @itemx -B
3118
3119 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3120 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3121
3122 @opsummary{record-size}
3123 @item --record-size=@var{size}
3124
3125 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3126 archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
3127
3128 @opsummary{recursion}
3129 @item --recursion
3130
3131 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
3132 @xref{recurse}.
3133
3134 @opsummary{recursive-unlink}
3135 @item --recursive-unlink
3136
3137 Remove existing
3138 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3139 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
3140
3141 @opsummary{remove-files}
3142 @item --remove-files
3143
3144 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3145 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
3146
3147 @opsummary{restrict}
3148 @item --restrict
3149
3150 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3151 Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3152 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3153
3154 @opsummary{rmt-command}
3155 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3156
3157 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3158 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3159
3160 @opsummary{rsh-command}
3161 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3162
3163 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3164 devices. @xref{Device}.
3165
3166 @opsummary{same-order}
3167 @item --same-order
3168 @itemx --preserve-order
3169 @itemx -s
3170
3171 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3172 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3173 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3174 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3175
3176 @opsummary{same-owner}
3177 @item --same-owner
3178
3179 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3180 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3181 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3182 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
3183
3184 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3185 @item --same-permissions
3186
3187 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3188
3189 @opsummary{seek}
3190 @item --seek
3191 @itemx -n
3192
3193 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3194 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3195 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
3196 in cases when such recognition fails. It takes effect only if the
3197 archive is open for reading (e.g. with @option{--list} or
3198 @option{--extract} options).
3199
3200 @opsummary{show-defaults}
3201 @item --show-defaults
3202
3203 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3204 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3205 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3206
3207 @smallexample
3208 $ tar --show-defaults
3209 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape \
3210 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3211 @end smallexample
3212
3213 @opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3214 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3215
3216 Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3217 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3218
3219 @opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3220 @opsummary{show-stored-names}
3221 @item --show-transformed-names
3222 @itemx --show-stored-names
3223
3224 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3225 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3226 the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3227 member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3228 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3229
3230 @opsummary{sparse}
3231 @item --sparse
3232 @itemx -S
3233
3234 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3235 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3236
3237 @opsummary{sparse-version}
3238 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3239
3240 Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3241 files. Implies @option{--sparse}. @xref{sparse}. For the description
3242 of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3243
3244 @opsummary{starting-file}
3245 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3246 @itemx -K @var{name}
3247
3248 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3249 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3250 @xref{Scarce}.
3251
3252 @opsummary{strip-components}
3253 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3254 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3255 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3256 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3257
3258 @smallexample
3259 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3260 @end smallexample
3261
3262 @noindent
3263 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3264
3265 @opsummary{suffix}, summary
3266 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3267
3268 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3269 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3270
3271 @opsummary{tape-length}
3272 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
3273 @itemx -L @var{num}
3274
3275 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3276 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
3277
3278 @opsummary{test-label}
3279 @item --test-label
3280
3281 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3282 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3283
3284 @opsummary{to-command}
3285 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3286
3287 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3288 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3289
3290 @opsummary{to-stdout}
3291 @item --to-stdout
3292 @itemx -O
3293
3294 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3295 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3296
3297 @opsummary{totals}
3298 @item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3299
3300 Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3301 archive. If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3302 request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3303 @xref{totals}.
3304
3305 @opsummary{touch}
3306 @item --touch
3307 @itemx -m
3308
3309 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3310 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3311 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3312
3313 @opsummary{transform}
3314 @opsummary{xform}
3315 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3316 @itemx --xform=@var{sed-expr}
3317 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3318 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
3319
3320 @smallexample
3321 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3322 @end smallexample
3323
3324 @noindent
3325 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3326 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3327 discussion, @xref{transform}.
3328
3329 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3330 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
3331 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3332
3333 @opsummary{uncompress}
3334 @item --uncompress
3335
3336 (See @option{--compress}. @pxref{gzip})
3337
3338 @opsummary{ungzip}
3339 @item --ungzip
3340
3341 (See @option{--gzip}. @pxref{gzip})
3342
3343 @opsummary{unlink-first}
3344 @item --unlink-first
3345 @itemx -U
3346
3347 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3348 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3349
3350 @opsummary{unquote}
3351 @item --unquote
3352 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default). @xref{input
3353 name quoting}.
3354
3355 @opsummary{use-compress-program}
3356 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3357 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
3358
3359 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3360 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3361
3362 @opsummary{utc}
3363 @item --utc
3364
3365 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3366 @option{--verbose}.
3367
3368 @opsummary{verbose}
3369 @item --verbose
3370 @itemx -v
3371
3372 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3373 operations it is performing. This option can be specified multiple
3374 times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3375 @xref{verbose}.
3376
3377 @opsummary{verify}
3378 @item --verify
3379 @itemx -W
3380
3381 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3382 archive. @xref{verify}.
3383
3384 @opsummary{version}
3385 @item --version
3386
3387 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3388 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3389 @xref{help}.
3390
3391 @opsummary{volno-file}
3392 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3393
3394 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will
3395 keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3396 @var{file}. @xref{volno-file}.
3397
3398 @opsummary{warning}
3399 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
3400
3401 Enable or disable warning messages identified by @var{keyword}. The
3402 messages are suppressed if @var{keyword} is prefixed with @samp{no-}.
3403 @xref{warnings}.
3404
3405 @opsummary{wildcards}
3406 @item --wildcards
3407 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3408 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3409
3410 @opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3411 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3412 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3413 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3414
3415 @opsummary{xz}
3416 @item --xz
3417 @itemx -J
3418 Use @command{xz} for compressing or decompressing the archives. @xref{gzip}.
3419
3420 @end table
3421
3422 @node Short Option Summary
3423 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3424
3425 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3426 them with the equivalent long option.
3427
3428 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3429 @headitem Short Option @tab Reference
3430
3431 @item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3432
3433 @item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3434
3435 @item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3436
3437 @item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3438
3439 @item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3440
3441 @item -J @tab @ref{--xz}.
3442
3443 @item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3444
3445 @item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3446
3447 @item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3448
3449 @item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3450
3451 @item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3452
3453 @item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3454
3455 @item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3456
3457 @item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3458
3459 @item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3460
3461 @item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3462
3463 @item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3464
3465 @item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3466
3467 @item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3468
3469 @item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3470
3471 @item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3472
3473 @item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3474
3475 @item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3476
3477 @item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3478
3479 @item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3480
3481 @item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3482
3483 @item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3484
3485 @item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3486
3487 @item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3488
3489 @item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3490
3491 @item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3492
3493 @item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3494 @ref{--portability}.
3495
3496 The latter usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3497 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In future releases
3498 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3499
3500 @item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3501
3502 @item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3503
3504 @item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3505
3506 @item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3507
3508 @item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3509
3510 @item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3511
3512 @item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3513
3514 @item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3515
3516 @item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3517
3518 @end multitable
3519
3520 @node help
3521 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3522
3523 @cindex Getting program version number
3524 @opindex version
3525 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3526 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3527 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3528 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3529 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3530 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3531
3532 @smallexample
3533 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3534 Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3535 This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms
3536 of the GNU General Public License <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3537 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3538
3539 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3540 @end smallexample
3541
3542 @noindent
3543 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3544 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3545 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3546 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3547 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3548 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3549 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3550 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3551 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3552 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3553
3554 @cindex Obtaining help
3555 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3556 @xopindex{help, introduction}
3557 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3558 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3559 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3560 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3561 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3562 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3563 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3564 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3565 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3566 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3567
3568 @smallexample
3569 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3570 @end smallexample
3571
3572 @noindent
3573 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3574 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3575 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3576 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3577
3578 @smallexample
3579 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3580 @end smallexample
3581
3582 @noindent
3583 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3584 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3585 command will list only the first of them.
3586
3587 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3588 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3589
3590 @opindex usage
3591 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3592 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3593 @command{tar} option without accompanying explanations.
3594
3595 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3596 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3597 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3598 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3599 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3600 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3601 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3602 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3603 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3604 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3605 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3606 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3607 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3608 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3609
3610 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3611 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3612 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3613 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3614 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3615 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3616 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3617
3618 @node defaults
3619 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3620
3621 @opindex show-defaults
3622 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3623 explicitly specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3624 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3625 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3626
3627 @smallexample
3628 @group
3629 @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3630 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3631 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3632 @end group
3633 @end smallexample
3634
3635 @noindent
3636 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output above
3637 has been split to fit page boundaries.
3638
3639 @noindent
3640 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3641 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3642 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3643 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3644 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3645 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3646
3647 @node verbose
3648 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3649
3650 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3651 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3652 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3653 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3654 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3655 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3656 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3657 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3658 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3659 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3660 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3661 helpful diagnostic tools.
3662
3663 @cindex Verbose operation
3664 @opindex verbose
3665 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3666 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3667 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3668 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3669 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3670 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3671 monitoring @command{tar}.
3672
3673 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3674 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3675 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3676 (@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3677 Since @option{--list} already prints the names of the members,
3678 @option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3679 to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3680 The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3681
3682 @smallexample
3683 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3684 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3685 @end smallexample
3686
3687 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3688 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3689 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3690 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3691 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3692
3693 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3694 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3695 error.
3696
3697 @anchor{totals}
3698 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3699 @opindex totals
3700 The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3701 standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3702 an archive. When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3703 prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3704 speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3705
3706 @smallexample
3707 @group
3708 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3709 Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3710 @end group
3711 @end smallexample
3712
3713 When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3714 read:
3715
3716 @smallexample
3717 @group
3718 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3719 Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3720 @end group
3721 @end smallexample
3722
3723 Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3724 displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3725
3726 @smallexample
3727 @group
3728 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3729 Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3730 Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3731 Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3732 @end group
3733 @end smallexample
3734
3735 You can also obtain this information on request. When
3736 @option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3737 interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3738 statistics is to be printed:
3739
3740 @table @option
3741 @item --totals=@var{signo}
3742 Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}. Valid arguments
3743 are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3744 @code{SIGUSR2}. Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3745 accepted.
3746 @end table
3747
3748 Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3749 Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3750 extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3751 after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3752 @code{SIGUSR1}.
3753
3754 @anchor{Progress information}
3755 @cindex Progress information
3756 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3757 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3758 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3759 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3760 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3761 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3762 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3763
3764 @smallexample
3765 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3766 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3767 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3768 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3769 @end smallexample
3770
3771 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3772 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3773 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint@footnote{This is
3774 actually a shortcut for @option{--checkpoint=@var{n}
3775 --checkpoint-action=dot}. @xref{checkpoints, dot}.}. For example:
3776
3777 @smallexample
3778 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3779 ...
3780 @end smallexample
3781
3782 The @option{--checkpoint} option provides a flexible mechanism for
3783 executing arbitrary actions upon hitting checkpoints, see the next
3784 section (@pxref{checkpoints}), for more information on it.
3785
3786 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3787 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3788 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3789 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3790 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3791 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3792 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3793 it might be excluded by the use of the
3794 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3795
3796 @opindex block-number
3797 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3798 @anchor{block-number}
3799 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3800 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3801 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3802 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3803 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive is properly terminated
3804 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3805 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3806 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3807 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3808 archive from a pipe.
3809
3810 @cindex Error message, block number of
3811 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3812 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3813 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3814 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3815 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3816 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3817
3818 @node checkpoints
3819 @section Checkpoints
3820 @cindex checkpoints, defined
3821 @opindex checkpoint
3822 @opindex checkpoint-action
3823
3824 A @dfn{checkpoint} is a moment of time before writing @var{n}th record to
3825 the archive (a @dfn{write checkpoint}), or before reading @var{n}th record
3826 from the archive (a @dfn{read checkpoint}). Checkpoints allow to
3827 periodically execute arbitrary actions.
3828
3829 The checkpoint facility is enabled using the following option:
3830
3831 @table @option
3832 @xopindex{checkpoint, defined}
3833 @item --checkpoint[=@var{n}]
3834 Schedule checkpoints before writing or reading each @var{n}th record.
3835 The default value for @var{n} is 10.
3836 @end table
3837
3838 A list of arbitrary @dfn{actions} can be executed at each checkpoint.
3839 These actions include: pausing, displaying textual messages, and
3840 executing arbitrary external programs. Actions are defined using
3841 the @option{--checkpoint-action} option.
3842
3843 @table @option
3844 @xopindex{checkpoint-action, defined}
3845 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
3846 Execute an @var{action} at each checkpoint.
3847 @end table
3848
3849 @cindex @code{echo}, checkpoint action
3850 The simplest value of @var{action} is @samp{echo}. It instructs
3851 @command{tar} to display the default message on the standard error
3852 stream upon arriving at each checkpoint. The default message is (in
3853 @acronym{POSIX} locale) @samp{Write checkpoint @var{n}}, for write
3854 checkpoints, and @samp{Read checkpoint @var{n}}, for read checkpoints.
3855 Here, @var{n} represents ordinal number of the checkpoint.
3856
3857 In another locales, translated versions of this message are used.
3858
3859 This is the default action, so running:
3860
3861 @smallexample
3862 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=echo} /var
3863 @end smallexample
3864
3865 @noindent
3866 is equivalent to:
3867
3868 @smallexample
3869 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3870 @end smallexample
3871
3872 The @samp{echo} action also allows to supply a customized message.
3873 You do so by placing an equals sign and the message right after it,
3874 e.g.:
3875
3876 @smallexample
3877 --checkpoint-action="echo=Hit %s checkpoint #%u"
3878 @end smallexample
3879
3880 The @samp{%s} and @samp{%u} in the above example are
3881 @dfn{meta-characters}. The @samp{%s} meta-character is replaced with
3882 the @dfn{type} of the checkpoint: @samp{write} or
3883 @samp{read} (or a corresponding translated version in locales other
3884 than @acronym{POSIX}). The @samp{%u} meta-character is replaced with
3885 the ordinal number of the checkpoint. Thus, the above example could
3886 produce the following output when used with the @option{--create}
3887 option:
3888
3889 @smallexample
3890 tar: Hit write checkpoint #10
3891 tar: Hit write checkpoint #20
3892 tar: Hit write checkpoint #30
3893 @end smallexample
3894
3895 Aside from meta-character expansion, the message string is subject to
3896 @dfn{unquoting}, during which the backslash @dfn{escape sequences} are
3897 replaced with their corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters
3898 (@pxref{escape sequences}). E.g. the following action will produce an
3899 audible bell and the message described above at each checkpoint:
3900
3901 @smallexample
3902 --checkpoint-action='echo=\aHit %s checkpoint #%u'
3903 @end smallexample
3904
3905 @cindex @code{bell}, checkpoint action
3906 There is also a special action which produces an audible signal:
3907 @samp{bell}. It is not equivalent to @samp{echo='\a'}, because
3908 @samp{bell} sends the bell directly to the console (@file{/dev/tty}),
3909 whereas @samp{echo='\a'} sends it to the standard error.
3910
3911 @cindex @code{ttyout}, checkpoint action
3912 The @samp{ttyout=@var{string}} action outputs @var{string} to
3913 @file{/dev/tty}, so it can be used even if the standard output is
3914 redirected elsewhere. The @var{string} is subject to the same
3915 modifications as with @samp{echo} action. In contrast to the latter,
3916 @samp{ttyout} does not prepend @command{tar} executable name to the
3917 string, nor does it output a newline after it. For example, the
3918 following action will print the checkpoint message at the same screen
3919 line, overwriting any previous message:
3920
3921 @smallexample
3922 --checkpoint-action="ttyout=\rHit %s checkpoint #%u"
3923 @end smallexample
3924
3925 @cindex @code{dot}, checkpoint action
3926 Another available checkpoint action is @samp{dot} (or @samp{.}). It
3927 instructs @command{tar} to print a single dot on the standard listing
3928 stream, e.g.:
3929
3930 @smallexample
3931 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=dot} /var
3932 ...
3933 @end smallexample
3934
3935 For compatibility with previous @GNUTAR{} versions, this action can
3936 be abbreviated by placing a dot in front of the checkpoint frequency,
3937 as shown in the previous section.
3938
3939 @cindex @code{sleep}, checkpoint action
3940 Yet another action, @samp{sleep}, pauses @command{tar} for a specified
3941 amount of seconds. The following example will stop for 30 seconds at each
3942 checkpoint:
3943
3944 @smallexample
3945 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=sleep=30}
3946 @end smallexample
3947
3948 @cindex @code{exec}, checkpoint action
3949 Finally, the @code{exec} action executes a given external program.
3950 For example:
3951
3952 @smallexample
3953 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=exec=/sbin/cpoint}
3954 @end smallexample
3955
3956 This program is executed using @command{/bin/sh -c}, with no
3957 additional arguments. Its exit code is ignored. It gets a copy of
3958 @command{tar}'s environment plus the following variables:
3959
3960 @table @env
3961 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, checkpoint script environment
3962 @item TAR_VERSION
3963 @GNUTAR{} version number.
3964
3965 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, checkpoint script environment
3966 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
3967 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
3968
3969 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, checkpoint script environment
3970 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
3971 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
3972
3973 @vrindex TAR_CHECKPOINT, checkpoint script environment
3974 @item TAR_CHECKPOINT
3975 Number of the checkpoint.
3976
3977 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, checkpoint script environment
3978 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
3979 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
3980 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
3981
3982 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, checkpoint script environment
3983 @item TAR_FORMAT
3984 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
3985 list of archive format names.
3986 @end table
3987
3988 Any number of actions can be defined, by supplying several
3989 @option{--checkpoint-action} options in the command line. For
3990 example, the command below displays two messages, pauses
3991 execution for 30 seconds and executes the @file{/sbin/cpoint} script:
3992
3993 @example
3994 @group
3995 $ @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
3996 --checkpoint-action='\aecho=Hit %s checkpoint #%u' \
3997 --checkpoint-action='echo=Sleeping for 30 seconds' \
3998 --checkpoint-action='sleep=30' \
3999 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint'}
4000 @end group
4001 @end example
4002
4003 This example also illustrates the fact that
4004 @option{--checkpoint-action} can be used without
4005 @option{--checkpoint}. In this case, the default checkpoint frequency
4006 (at each 10th record) is assumed.
4007
4008 @node warnings
4009 @section Controlling Warning Messages
4010
4011 Sometimes, while performing the requested task, @GNUTAR{} notices
4012 some conditions that are not exactly erros, but which the user
4013 should be aware of. When this happens, @command{tar} issues a
4014 @dfn{warning message} describing the condition. Warning messages
4015 are output to the standard error and they do not affect the exit
4016 code of @command{tar} command.
4017
4018 @xopindex{warning, explained}
4019 @GNUTAR{} allows the user to suppress some or all of its warning
4020 messages:
4021
4022 @table @option
4023 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
4024 Control display of the warning messages identified by @var{keyword}.
4025 If @var{keyword} starts with the prefix @samp{no-}, such messages are
4026 suppressed. Otherwise, they are enabled.
4027
4028 Multiple @option{--warning} messages accumulate.
4029
4030 The tables below list allowed values for @var{keyword} along with the
4031 warning messages they control.
4032 @end table
4033
4034 @subheading Keywords controlling @command{tar} operation
4035 @table @asis
4036 @kwindex all
4037 @item all
4038 Enable all warning messages. This is the default.
4039 @kwindex none
4040 @item none
4041 Disable all warning messages.
4042 @kwindex filename-with-nuls
4043 @cindex @samp{file name read contains nul character}, warning message
4044 @item filename-with-nuls
4045 @samp{%s: file name read contains nul character}
4046 @kwindex alone-zero-block
4047 @cindex @samp{A lone zero block at}, warning message
4048 @item alone-zero-block
4049 @samp{A lone zero block at %s}
4050 @end table
4051
4052 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --create}
4053 @table @asis
4054 @kwindex cachedir
4055 @cindex @samp{contains a cache directory tag}, warning message
4056 @item cachedir
4057 @samp{%s: contains a cache directory tag %s; %s}
4058 @kwindex file-shrank
4059 @cindex @samp{File shrank by %s bytes}, warning message
4060 @item file-shrank
4061 @samp{%s: File shrank by %s bytes; padding with zeros}
4062 @kwindex xdev
4063 @cindex @samp{file is on a different filesystem}, warning message
4064 @item xdev
4065 @samp{%s: file is on a different filesystem; not dumped}
4066 @kwindex file-ignored
4067 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type; file ignored}, warning message
4068 @cindex @samp{socket ignored}, warning message
4069 @cindex @samp{door ignored}, warning message
4070 @item file-ignored
4071 @samp{%s: Unknown file type; file ignored}
4072 @samp{%s: socket ignored}
4073 @*@samp{%s: door ignored}
4074 @kwindex file-unchanged
4075 @cindex @samp{file is unchanged; not dumped}, warning message
4076 @item file-unchanged
4077 @samp{%s: file is unchanged; not dumped}
4078 @kwindex ignore-archive
4079 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4080 @kwindex ignore-archive
4081 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4082 @item ignore-archive
4083 @samp{%s: file is the archive; not dumped}
4084 @kwindex file-removed
4085 @cindex @samp{File removed before we read it}, warning message
4086 @item file-removed
4087 @samp{%s: File removed before we read it}
4088 @kwindex file-changed
4089 @cindex @samp{file changed as we read it}, warning message
4090 @item file-changed
4091 @samp{%s: file changed as we read it}
4092 @end table
4093
4094 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --extract}
4095 @table @asis
4096 @kwindex timestamp
4097 @cindex @samp{implausibly old time stamp %s}, warning message
4098 @cindex @samp{time stamp %s is %s s in the future}, warning message
4099 @item timestamp
4100 @samp{%s: implausibly old time stamp %s}
4101 @*@samp{%s: time stamp %s is %s s in the future}
4102 @kwindex contiguous-cast
4103 @cindex @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}, warning message
4104 @item contiguous-cast
4105 @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}
4106 @kwindex symlink-cast
4107 @cindex @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}, warning message
4108 @item symlink-cast
4109 @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}
4110 @kwindex unknown-cast
4111 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type `%c', extracted as normal file}, warning message
4112 @item unknown-cast
4113 @samp{%s: Unknown file type `%c', extracted as normal file}
4114 @kwindex ignore-newer
4115 @cindex @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}, warning message
4116 @item ignore-newer
4117 @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}
4118 @kwindex unknown-keyword
4119 @cindex @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword `%s'}, warning message
4120 @item unknown-keyword
4121 @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword `%s'}
4122 @end table
4123
4124 @subheading Keywords controlling incremental extraction:
4125 @table @asis
4126 @kwindex rename-directory
4127 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}, warning message
4128 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}, warning message
4129 @item rename-directory
4130 @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}
4131 @*@samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}
4132 @kwindex new-directory
4133 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory is new}, warning message
4134 @item new-directory
4135 @samp{%s: Directory is new}
4136 @kwindex xdev
4137 @cindex @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}, warning message
4138 @item xdev
4139 @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}
4140 @kwindex bad-dumpdir
4141 @cindex @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}, warning message
4142 @item bad-dumpdir
4143 @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}
4144 @end table
4145
4146 @node interactive
4147 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
4148 @cindex Interactive operation
4149
4150 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
4151 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
4152 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
4153 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
4154 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
4155 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
4156 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
4157
4158 @opindex interactive
4159 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
4160 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
4161 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
4162 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
4163 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
4164 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
4165 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
4166 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
4167 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
4168
4169 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
4170 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
4171 communications.
4172
4173 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
4174 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
4175 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
4176 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
4177 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
4178 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
4179 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
4180 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
4181 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
4182 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
4183 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
4184
4185 @node operations
4186 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
4187
4188 @menu
4189 * Basic tar::
4190 * Advanced tar::
4191 * create options::
4192 * extract options::
4193 * backup::
4194 * Applications::
4195 * looking ahead::
4196 @end menu
4197
4198 @node Basic tar
4199 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
4200
4201 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
4202 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4203 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
4204 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
4205 for these operations.
4206
4207 @table @option
4208 @xopindex{create, complementary notes}
4209 @item --create
4210 @itemx -c
4211
4212 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
4213 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
4214 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
4215 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
4216 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
4217 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
4218 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
4219 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
4220 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
4221
4222 @enumerate
4223 @item
4224 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
4225 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
4226 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
4227 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
4228 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
4229 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
4230
4231 @item
4232 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
4233 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
4234 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
4235 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
4236 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
4237 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
4238 @end enumerate
4239
4240 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
4241 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
4242 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
4243 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
4244 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
4245 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
4246 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
4247 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
4248 the following commands:
4249
4250 @smallexample
4251 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
4252 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
4253 @end smallexample
4254
4255 @xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
4256 @item --extract
4257 @itemx --get
4258 @itemx -x
4259
4260 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
4261
4262 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
4263
4264 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
4265 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
4266 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
4267 be made available again with full date localization support, once
4268 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
4269 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
4270
4271 Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
4272 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
4273
4274 @end table
4275
4276 @node Advanced tar
4277 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
4278
4279 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
4280 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
4281
4282 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
4283 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
4284 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
4285 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
4286 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
4287 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
4288 error correction in special circumstances.
4289
4290 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
4291 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
4292
4293 @menu
4294 * Operations::
4295 * append::
4296 * update::
4297 * concatenate::
4298 * delete::
4299 * compare::
4300 @end menu
4301
4302 @node Operations
4303 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
4304
4305 @cindex basic operations
4306 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
4307 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
4308 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
4309 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
4310
4311 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
4312 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
4313 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
4314 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
4315 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
4316 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
4317 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
4318 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
4319
4320 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
4321 @samp{bfiles.tar}. The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
4322 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
4323 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
4324
4325 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
4326 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
4327 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
4328 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
4329 where the last chapter left them.)
4330
4331 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
4332
4333 @table @option
4334 @item --append
4335 @itemx -r
4336 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
4337 @item --update
4338 @itemx -u
4339 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
4340 they exist.
4341 @item --concatenate
4342 @itemx --catenate
4343 @itemx -A
4344 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
4345 @item --delete
4346 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
4347 @item --compare
4348 @itemx --diff
4349 @itemx -d
4350 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
4351 @end table
4352
4353 @node append
4354 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
4355
4356 @cindex appending files to existing archive
4357 @opindex append
4358 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
4359 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
4360 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
4361 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
4362 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
4363 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
4364
4365 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
4366 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
4367 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
4368 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
4369 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
4370 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
4371 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
4372 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
4373
4374 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
4375 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
4376 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
4377 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
4378 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
4379 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
4380 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
4381 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
4382 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
4383 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
4384 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
4385 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
4386 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
4387 extracted before it, and so on.
4388
4389 @cindex extracting @var{n}th copy of the file
4390 @xopindex{occurrence, described}
4391 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
4392 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
4393 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
4394 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
4395 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
4396 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
4397 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
4398 the command
4399
4400 @smallexample
4401 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
4402 @end smallexample
4403
4404 @noindent
4405 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
4406 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
4407 option.
4408
4409 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
4410 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
4411
4412 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
4413 with the Same Name.}
4414
4415 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
4416 @cindex Replacing members with other members
4417 @xopindex{delete, using before --append}
4418 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
4419 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, and then use
4420 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
4421 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
4422 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
4423 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
4424 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
4425 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4426
4427 @menu
4428 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4429 * multiple::
4430 @end menu
4431
4432 @node appending files
4433 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4434 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4435 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4436 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4437 @opindex append
4438
4439 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4440 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
4441 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
4442 archived files.
4443
4444 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4445 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4446 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4447 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4448 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4449 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
4450 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
4451
4452 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4453 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4454 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4455 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4456
4457 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4458 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4459 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4460 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4461 @file{collection.tar}:
4462
4463 @smallexample
4464 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4465 @end smallexample
4466
4467 @noindent
4468 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
4469 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4470
4471 @smallexample
4472 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4473 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4474 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4475 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4476 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4477 @end smallexample
4478
4479 @node multiple
4480 @subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
4481 @cindex members, multiple
4482 @cindex multiple members
4483
4484 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
4485 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
4486 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
4487 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
4488 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
4489 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
4490 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4491 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4492 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4493 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
4494 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
4495 all versions of the file.
4496
4497 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4498 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4499 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4500 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4501 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4502 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4503 newer version when it is extracted.
4504
4505 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4506 archive in this way:
4507
4508 @smallexample
4509 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4510 blues
4511 @end smallexample
4512
4513 @noindent
4514 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4515 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4516 list the contents of the archive:
4517
4518 @smallexample
4519 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4520 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4521 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4522 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4523 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4524 -rw-r--r-- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4525 @end smallexample
4526
4527 @noindent
4528 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4529 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4530 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4531 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4532 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4533
4534 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4535 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4536 the following example:
4537
4538 @smallexample
4539 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4540 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4541 @end smallexample
4542
4543 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4544 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
4545 @option{--occurrence} option.
4546
4547 @node update
4548 @subsection Updating an Archive
4549 @cindex Updating an archive
4550 @opindex update
4551
4552 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4553 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4554 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
4555 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4556 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
4557 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4558 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4559 @option{--append}).
4560
4561 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4562 The operation will fail.
4563
4564 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4565 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4566
4567 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4568 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4569 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4570 the @option{--backup} option. @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4571
4572 @menu
4573 * how to update::
4574 @end menu
4575
4576 @node how to update
4577 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4578 @opindex update
4579
4580 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4581 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4582 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4583 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4584
4585 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4586 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4587
4588 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4589 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4590 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4591 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4592 option specified, using the names of all the files in the practice
4593 directory as file name arguments:
4594
4595 @smallexample
4596 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4597 blues
4598 classical
4599 $
4600 @end smallexample
4601
4602 @noindent
4603 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4604 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4605 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4606 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4607 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4608 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4609 updating it.
4610
4611 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4612 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4613 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4614 information about tapes.
4615
4616 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4617 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4618 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4619 options intended specifically for backups are more
4620 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4621
4622 @node concatenate
4623 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4624
4625 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4626 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4627 @opindex concatenate
4628 @opindex catenate
4629 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4630 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4631 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4632 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4633 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4634
4635 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4636 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4637 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4638 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first one.
4639 @footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name, for
4640 information on how this affects reading the archive, @ref{multiple}.}
4641 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4642 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4643 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4644 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4645
4646 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4647
4648 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4649 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4650 files from @file{practice}:
4651
4652 @smallexample
4653 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4654 blues
4655 rock
4656 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4657 folk
4658 jazz
4659 @end smallexample
4660
4661 @noindent
4662 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4663 contain what they are supposed to:
4664
4665 @smallexample
4666 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4667 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4668 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4669 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4670 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4671 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4672 @end smallexample
4673
4674 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4675
4676 @smallexample
4677 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4678 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4679 @end smallexample
4680
4681 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4682 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4683
4684 @smallexample
4685 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4686 blues
4687 rock
4688 folk
4689 jazz
4690 @end smallexample
4691
4692 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4693 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4694 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4695 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4696 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4697
4698 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4699 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4700
4701 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4702 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4703 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4704 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4705 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4706
4707 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4708 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4709 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4710 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4711 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4712 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4713 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4714 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4715 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4716 @command{cat} shell utility.
4717
4718 @node delete
4719 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4720 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4721 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4722
4723 @opindex delete
4724 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4725 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4726 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4727 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
4728 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4729 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4730 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4731 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4732 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4733
4734 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4735
4736 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4737 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4738 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4739 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4740 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4741 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4742 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4743 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4744 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4745 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4746
4747 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4748 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4749 are in that directory, and then,
4750
4751 @smallexample
4752 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4753 blues
4754 folk
4755 jazz
4756 rock
4757 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4758 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4759 folk
4760 jazz
4761 rock
4762 $
4763 @end smallexample
4764
4765 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
4766 all the examples on collection.tar.}
4767
4768 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4769 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4770
4771 @node compare
4772 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4773 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4774
4775 @opindex compare
4776 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4777 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4778 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4779 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4780 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4781 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4782 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4783
4784 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4785 archive with a non-default record size.
4786
4787 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4788 corresponding members in the archive.
4789
4790 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4791 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4792 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4793 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4794
4795 @smallexample
4796 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4797 rock
4798 blues
4799 tar: funk not found in archive
4800 @end smallexample
4801
4802 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
4803 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
4804 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
4805 the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4806
4807 @node create options
4808 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4809
4810 @xopindex{create, additional options}
4811 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4812 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
4813 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4814 @option{--create}.
4815
4816 @menu
4817 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
4818 * Ignore Failed Read::
4819 @end menu
4820
4821 @node override
4822 @subsection Overriding File Metadata
4823
4824 As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
4825 its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
4826 the file. @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
4827 when adding files to the archive. The options described in this
4828 section affect creation of archives of any type. For POSIX archives,
4829 see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
4830 metadata, stored in the archive.
4831
4832 @table @option
4833 @opindex mode
4834 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
4835
4836 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
4837 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
4838 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
4839 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
4840 @command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
4841 permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference
4842 also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
4843 the UNIX permission system). Using latter syntax allows for
4844 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
4845 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
4846 or on any other file already marked as executable:
4847
4848 @smallexample
4849 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
4850 @end smallexample
4851
4852 @item --mtime=@var{date}
4853 @opindex mtime
4854
4855 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
4856 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
4857 their actual modification times. The argument @var{date} can be
4858 either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
4859 (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of the existing file, starting
4860 with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter case, the modification time
4861 of that file will be used.
4862
4863 The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00 UTC,
4864 January 1, 1970:
4865
4866 @smallexample
4867 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
4868 @end smallexample
4869
4870 @noindent
4871 When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
4872 will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
4873 representation and compare it with the one given with
4874 @option{--mtime} options. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
4875 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
4876 ensure he is using the right date.
4877
4878 For example:
4879
4880 @smallexample
4881 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
4882 tar: Option --mtime: Treating date `yesterday' as 2006-06-20
4883 13:06:29.152478
4884 @dots{}
4885 @end smallexample
4886
4887 @item --owner=@var{user}
4888 @opindex owner
4889
4890 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
4891 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
4892 file. The argument @var{user} can be either an existing user symbolic
4893 name, or a decimal numeric user @acronym{ID}.
4894
4895 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
4896 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
4897 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
4898 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
4899 archives. For example:
4900
4901 @smallexample
4902 @group
4903 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
4904 # @r{Or:}
4905 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
4906 @end group
4907 @end smallexample
4908
4909 @item --group=@var{group}
4910 @opindex group
4911
4912 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
4913 rather than the group from the source file. The argument @var{group}
4914 can be either an existing group symbolic name, or a decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}.
4915 @end table
4916
4917 @node Ignore Failed Read
4918 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4919
4920 @table @option
4921 @item --ignore-failed-read
4922 @opindex ignore-failed-read
4923 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4924 @end table
4925
4926 @node extract options
4927 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4928 @cindex options for use with @option{--extract}
4929
4930 @xopindex{extract, additional options}
4931 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
4932 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4933 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4934 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4935 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4936 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4937 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4938 @option{--extract} operation.
4939
4940 @menu
4941 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4942 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4943 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4944 @end menu
4945
4946 @node Reading
4947 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4948 @cindex Options when reading archives
4949
4950 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4951 @cindex Records, incomplete
4952 @opindex read-full-records
4953 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4954 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4955 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4956 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4957 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4958 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4959 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
4960 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
4961 @xref{Blocking}.
4962
4963 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
4964 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4965 machine. This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
4966 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4967 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4968 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4969
4970 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4971 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
4972 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
4973 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
4974 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4975 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
4976
4977 @menu
4978 * read full records::
4979 * Ignore Zeros::
4980 @end menu
4981
4982 @node read full records
4983 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4984
4985 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4986
4987 @table @option
4988 @opindex read-full-records
4989 @item --read-full-records
4990 @item -B
4991 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4992 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
4993 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
4994 @end table
4995
4996 @node Ignore Zeros
4997 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4998
4999 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
5000 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
5001 @opindex ignore-zeros
5002 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
5003 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
5004 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
5005 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
5006 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
5007 several archives together).
5008
5009 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
5010 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
5011 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
5012 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
5013 maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
5014
5015 @table @option
5016 @item --ignore-zeros
5017 @itemx -i
5018 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
5019 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
5020 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
5021 @end table
5022
5023 @node Writing
5024 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5025 @UNREVISED
5026
5027 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
5028
5029 @menu
5030 * Dealing with Old Files::
5031 * Overwrite Old Files::
5032 * Keep Old Files::
5033 * Keep Newer Files::
5034 * Unlink First::
5035 * Recursive Unlink::
5036 * Data Modification Times::
5037 * Setting Access Permissions::
5038 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
5039 * Writing to Standard Output::
5040 * Writing to an External Program::
5041 * remove files::
5042 @end menu
5043
5044 @node Dealing with Old Files
5045 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
5046
5047 @xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
5048 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
5049 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
5050 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
5051 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
5052 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
5053 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
5054 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
5055 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
5056 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
5057
5058 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
5059 @xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
5060 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
5061 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
5062 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
5063 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
5064 member. Instead, it reports an error.
5065
5066 @xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
5067 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
5068 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
5069 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
5070
5071 @cindex Protecting old files
5072 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
5073 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
5074 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
5075 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
5076 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
5077 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
5078 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
5079 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
5080 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
5081 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
5082 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
5083 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
5084 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
5085 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
5086 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
5087 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
5088 removed.
5089
5090 @xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
5091 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
5092 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
5093 before extracting them.
5094
5095 @node Overwrite Old Files
5096 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
5097
5098 @table @option
5099 @opindex overwrite
5100 @item --overwrite
5101 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
5102 from an archive.
5103
5104 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
5105 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
5106 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
5107 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
5108 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
5109 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
5110 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
5111 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
5112 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
5113 they are in the way of extraction.
5114
5115 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
5116 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
5117 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
5118 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
5119 are currently being executed.
5120
5121 @opindex overwrite-dir
5122 @item --overwrite-dir
5123 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
5124 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
5125 @end table
5126
5127 @node Keep Old Files
5128 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
5129
5130 @table @option
5131 @opindex keep-old-files
5132 @item --keep-old-files
5133 @itemx -k
5134 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
5135 @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option prevents @command{tar}
5136 from replacing existing files with files with the same name from the
5137 archive. The @option{--keep-old-files} option is meaningless with
5138 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). Prevents @command{tar} from replacing
5139 files in the file system during extraction.
5140 @end table
5141
5142 @node Keep Newer Files
5143 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
5144
5145 @table @option
5146 @opindex keep-newer-files
5147 @item --keep-newer-files
5148 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
5149 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5150 @end table
5151
5152 @node Unlink First
5153 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
5154
5155 @table @option
5156 @opindex unlink-first
5157 @item --unlink-first
5158 @itemx -U
5159 Remove files before extracting over them.
5160 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
5161 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
5162 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
5163 @end table
5164
5165 @node Recursive Unlink
5166 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
5167
5168 @table @option
5169 @opindex recursive-unlink
5170 @item --recursive-unlink
5171 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
5172 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
5173 @end table
5174
5175 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
5176 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
5177 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
5178 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
5179
5180 @node Data Modification Times
5181 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
5182
5183 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
5184 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
5185 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
5186 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
5187 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
5188 setting.
5189
5190 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
5191 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
5192 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5193
5194 @table @option
5195 @opindex touch
5196 @item --touch
5197 @itemx -m
5198 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
5199 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
5200 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5201 @end table
5202
5203 @node Setting Access Permissions
5204 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
5205
5206 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
5207 @cindex Modes of extracted files
5208 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
5209 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
5210 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5211 @option{-x}) operation.
5212
5213 @table @option
5214 @opindex preserve-permissions
5215 @opindex same-permissions
5216 @item --preserve-permissions
5217 @itemx --same-permissions
5218 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
5219 @itemx -p
5220 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
5221 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
5222 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5223 @end table
5224
5225 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5226 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5227
5228 After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
5229 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
5230 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
5231 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
5232 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
5233 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
5234 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
5235 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
5236 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
5237 restores directories using the following approach.
5238
5239 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
5240 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
5241 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
5242 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
5243 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
5244 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
5245 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
5246 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
5247 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
5248 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
5249 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
5250 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
5251 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
5252 subdirectories in that directory.
5253
5254 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
5255 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
5256 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
5257 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
5258 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
5259 remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
5260 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
5261 not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
5262 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
5263
5264 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
5265 too. Consider the following example:
5266
5267 @smallexample
5268 @group
5269 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
5270 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
5271 foo/
5272 foo/file1
5273 bar/
5274 bar/file
5275 foo/file2
5276 @end group
5277 @end smallexample
5278
5279 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
5280 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
5281 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
5282 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
5283 directory timestamp will be offset again.
5284
5285 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
5286 @option{delay-directory-restore} command line option:
5287
5288 @table @option
5289 @opindex delay-directory-restore
5290 @item --delay-directory-restore
5291 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
5292 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
5293 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
5294 ordering.
5295
5296 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
5297 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
5298 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
5299 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
5300 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
5301 temporarily disable it.
5302 @end table
5303
5304 @node Writing to Standard Output
5305 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
5306
5307 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
5308 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
5309 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
5310 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
5311 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
5312 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
5313 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
5314 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
5315 found in the archive.
5316
5317 @table @option
5318 @opindex to-stdout
5319 @item --to-stdout
5320 @itemx -O
5321 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
5322 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
5323 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
5324 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
5325 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
5326 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
5327 (@option{-t}).
5328 @end table
5329
5330 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
5331 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
5332 it. You can use a command like this:
5333
5334 @smallexample
5335 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
5336 @end smallexample
5337
5338 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
5339
5340 @smallexample
5341 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
5342 @end smallexample
5343
5344 However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
5345 multiple files. See the next section.
5346
5347 @node Writing to an External Program
5348 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
5349
5350 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
5351 file to the standard input of an external program:
5352
5353 @table @option
5354 @opindex to-command
5355 @item --to-command=@var{command}
5356 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
5357 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
5358 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
5359 contents of the files to its standard output. @var{Command} may
5360 contain command line arguments. The program is executed via
5361 @code{sh -c}. Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
5362 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
5363 option is used.
5364 @end table
5365
5366 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
5367 from the following environment variables:
5368
5369 @table @env
5370 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
5371 @item TAR_FILETYPE
5372 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
5373
5374 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
5375 @item f @tab Regular file
5376 @item d @tab Directory
5377 @item l @tab Symbolic link
5378 @item h @tab Hard link
5379 @item b @tab Block device
5380 @item c @tab Character device
5381 @end multitable
5382
5383 Currently only regular files are supported.
5384
5385 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
5386 @item TAR_MODE
5387 File mode, an octal number.
5388
5389 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
5390 @item TAR_FILENAME
5391 The name of the file.
5392
5393 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
5394 @item TAR_REALNAME
5395 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
5396
5397 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
5398 @item TAR_UNAME
5399 Name of the file owner.
5400
5401 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
5402 @item TAR_GNAME
5403 Name of the file owner group.
5404
5405 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
5406 @item TAR_ATIME
5407 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
5408 since the Epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
5409 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
5410 decimal point.
5411
5412 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
5413 @item TAR_MTIME
5414 Time of last modification.
5415
5416 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
5417 @item TAR_CTIME
5418 Time of last status change.
5419
5420 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
5421 @item TAR_SIZE
5422 Size of the file.
5423
5424 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
5425 @item TAR_UID
5426 UID of the file owner.
5427
5428 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
5429 @item TAR_GID
5430 GID of the file owner.
5431 @end table
5432
5433 In addition to these variables, @env{TAR_VERSION} contains the
5434 @GNUTAR{} version number.
5435
5436 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
5437 an error message similar to the following:
5438
5439 @smallexample
5440 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
5441 @end smallexample
5442
5443 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
5444
5445 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
5446
5447 @table @option
5448 @opindex ignore-command-error
5449 @item --ignore-command-error
5450 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
5451 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
5452 will be printed even if this option is used.
5453
5454 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
5455 @item --no-ignore-command-error
5456 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
5457 option. This option is useful if you have set
5458 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
5459 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
5460 @end table
5461
5462 @node remove files
5463 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
5464
5465 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
5466 maybe?}
5467
5468 @table @option
5469 @opindex remove-files
5470 @item --remove-files
5471 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
5472 @end table
5473
5474 @node Scarce
5475 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
5476 @UNREVISED
5477
5478 @cindex Small memory
5479 @cindex Running out of space
5480
5481 @menu
5482 * Starting File::
5483 * Same Order::
5484 @end menu
5485
5486 @node Starting File
5487 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
5488
5489 @table @option
5490 @opindex starting-file
5491 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
5492 @itemx -K @var{name}
5493 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
5494 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5495 @end table
5496
5497 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
5498 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
5499 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
5500 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5501 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5502 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
5503 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5504 the file system, and then restart the same @command{tar} operation.
5505 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.
5506 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, @xref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.)
5507
5508 @node Same Order
5509 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5510
5511 @table @option
5512 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5513 @opindex same-order
5514 @opindex preserve-order
5515 @item --same-order
5516 @itemx --preserve-order
5517 @itemx -s
5518 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5519 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5520 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5521 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5522 @end table
5523
5524 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5525 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5526 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
5527 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5528 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
5529 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5530
5531 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5532
5533 @node backup
5534 @section Backup options
5535
5536 @cindex backup options
5537
5538 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5539 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
5540 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5541 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
5542 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5543 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5544
5545 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5546 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5547 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5548 as having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5549 @FIXME{This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5550 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.}
5551 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5552 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5553 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5554 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5555
5556 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5557 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
5558 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5559 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5560 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5561 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5562 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
5563 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5564 refers to a remote file.
5565
5566 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5567 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
5568 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
5569 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5570 file are kept.
5571
5572 @table @samp
5573 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
5574 @opindex backup
5575 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5576 @cindex backups
5577 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5578 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5579
5580 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5581 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5582 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5583 use the @samp{existing} method.
5584
5585 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5586 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5587 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
5588 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
5589
5590 @table @samp
5591 @item t
5592 @itemx numbered
5593 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
5594 Always make numbered backups.
5595
5596 @item nil
5597 @itemx existing
5598 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
5599 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
5600 of the others.
5601
5602 @item never
5603 @itemx simple
5604 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
5605 Always make simple backups.
5606
5607 @end table
5608
5609 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
5610 @opindex suffix
5611 @cindex backup suffix
5612 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
5613 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
5614 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
5615 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
5616 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
5617
5618 @end table
5619
5620 @node Applications
5621 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
5622 @UNREVISED
5623
5624 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
5625 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
5626 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
5627
5628 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
5629
5630 @findex uuencode
5631 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
5632 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
5633 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
5634 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
5635 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
5636 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
5637 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
5638 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
5639
5640 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
5641 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
5642 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
5643 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
5644
5645 @smallexample
5646 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5647 @end smallexample
5648
5649 @noindent
5650 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
5651
5652 @smallexample
5653 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
5654 @end smallexample
5655
5656 @noindent
5657 The command also works using short option forms:
5658
5659 @smallexample
5660 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
5661 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
5662 # Or:
5663 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . ) \
5664 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
5665 @end smallexample
5666
5667 @noindent
5668 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
5669
5670 @node looking ahead
5671 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
5672
5673 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
5674 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
5675 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
5676 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
5677 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
5678 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
5679 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
5680 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
5681 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
5682 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
5683
5684 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
5685 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
5686 @xref{files}.
5687
5688 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
5689 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
5690
5691 @node Backups
5692 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
5693 @cindex backups
5694
5695 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts for performing backups
5696 and restores. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be
5697 satisfying to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
5698 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
5699 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
5700
5701 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
5702 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
5703 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
5704 This is free software, and it is available from @uref{http://www.amanda.org}.
5705
5706 @FIXME{
5707
5708 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
5709 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
5710 distribution.
5711
5712 @itemize @bullet
5713 @item dumps
5714 @itemize @minus
5715 @item what are dumps
5716 @item different levels of dumps
5717 @itemize +
5718 @item full dump = dump everything
5719 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
5720 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
5721 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
5722 @end itemize
5723 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
5724 @itemize +
5725 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
5726 @end itemize
5727 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
5728 @itemize +
5729 @item how to customize
5730 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
5731 @end itemize
5732 @item Problems
5733 @itemize +
5734 @item rsh doesn't work
5735 @item rtape isn't installed
5736 @item (others?)
5737 @end itemize
5738 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
5739 @item tapes
5740 @itemize +
5741 @item write protection
5742 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
5743 @item files and tape marks
5744 one tape mark between files, two at end.
5745 @item positioning the tape
5746 MT writes two at end of write,
5747 backspaces over one when writing again.
5748 @end itemize
5749 @end itemize
5750 @end itemize
5751 }
5752
5753 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
5754 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
5755
5756 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5757 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
5758 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5759 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
5760 called @dfn{dumps}.
5761
5762 @menu
5763 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5764 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5765 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
5766 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5767 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
5768 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
5769 @end menu
5770
5771 @node Full Dumps
5772 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5773 @UNREVISED
5774
5775 @cindex full dumps
5776 @cindex dumps, full
5777
5778 @cindex corrupted archives
5779 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
5780 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
5781 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
5782 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
5783 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
5784 not corrupt the entire archive.)
5785
5786 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
5787 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
5788 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
5789 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
5790
5791 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
5792 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
5793 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
5794
5795 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
5796 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
5797 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
5798 (sub)directories.
5799
5800 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
5801 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
5802 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
5803 done onto a completely
5804 empty disk.
5805
5806 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
5807 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
5808 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
5809 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
5810 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
5811 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
5812
5813 @node Incremental Dumps
5814 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5815
5816 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
5817 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
5818 can be restored when extracting the archive.
5819
5820 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
5821 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
5822 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
5823
5824 @xopindex{listed-incremental, described}
5825 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
5826 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
5827 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
5828 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
5829 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
5830 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
5831 to the option:
5832
5833 @table @option
5834 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
5835 @itemx -g @var{file}
5836 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
5837 @end table
5838
5839 To create an incremental backup, you would use
5840 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
5841 (@pxref{create}). For example:
5842
5843 @smallexample
5844 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5845 --file=archive.1.tar \
5846 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5847 /usr}
5848 @end smallexample
5849
5850 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
5851 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
5852 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
5853 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
5854 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
5855
5856 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
5857 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
5858 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
5859 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
5860 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
5861
5862 @smallexample
5863 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
5864 /usr/local/db/data
5865 /usr/local/db/index
5866 @end smallexample
5867
5868 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
5869 then see:
5870
5871 @smallexample
5872 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5873 --file=archive.2.tar \
5874 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5875 /usr}
5876 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
5877 usr/local/db/
5878 usr/local/db/data
5879 usr/local/db/index
5880 @end smallexample
5881
5882 @noindent
5883 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
5884 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
5885 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
5886 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
5887 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
5888 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
5889
5890 @smallexample
5891 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
5892 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5893 --file=archive.2.tar \
5894 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
5895 /usr}
5896 @end smallexample
5897
5898 @anchor{--level=0}
5899 @xopindex{level, described}
5900 You can force @samp{level 0} backups either by removing the snapshot
5901 file before running @command{tar}, or by supplying the
5902 @option{--level=0} option, e.g.:
5903
5904 @smallexample
5905 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5906 --file=archive.2.tar \
5907 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-0 \
5908 --level=0 \
5909 /usr}
5910 @end smallexample
5911
5912 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5913 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
5914 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
5915 backwards.
5916
5917 @anchor{device numbers}
5918 @cindex Device numbers, using in incremental backups
5919 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
5920 obviously are supposed to be a non-volatile values. However, it turns
5921 out that @acronym{NFS} devices have undependable values when an automounter
5922 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
5923 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
5924 two @acronym{NFS} devices numbers over time. The solution implemented
5925 currently is to considers all @acronym{NFS} devices as being equal
5926 when it comes to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but
5927 there does not seem to be a better way to go.
5928
5929 Apart from using @acronym{NFS}, there are a number of cases where
5930 relying on device numbers can cause spurious redumping of unmodified
5931 files. For example, this occurs when archiving @acronym{LVM} snapshot
5932 volumes. To avoid this, use @option{--no-check-device} option:
5933
5934 @table @option
5935 @xopindex{no-check-device, described}
5936 @item --no-check-device
5937 Do not rely on device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
5938 for an incremental dump.
5939
5940 @xopindex{check-device, described}
5941 @item --check-device
5942 Use device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
5943 for an incremental dump. This is the default behavior. The purpose
5944 of this option is to undo the effect of the @option{--no-check-device}
5945 if it was given in @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable
5946 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}).
5947 @end table
5948
5949 There is also another way to cope with changing device numbers. It is
5950 described in detail in @ref{Fixing Snapshot Files}.
5951
5952 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
5953 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
5954
5955 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
5956 @xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
5957 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
5958 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
5959 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
5960 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
5961 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
5962 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
5963 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
5964 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
5965 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
5966 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
5967 extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
5968 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
5969
5970 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
5971 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
5972 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
5973 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
5974 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
5975 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
5976 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
5977 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
5978 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
5979 were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
5980 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
5981
5982 @smallexample
5983 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
5984 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
5985 --file archive.1.tar}
5986 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
5987 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
5988 --file archive.2.tar}
5989 @end smallexample
5990
5991 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
5992 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
5993 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
5994 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
5995 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
5996 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
5997 scripts.
5998
5999 @xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6000 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6001 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
6002 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6003 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
6004 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
6005 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
6006 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
6007 especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
6008 and were changed in version 1.16}:
6009
6010 @smallexample
6011 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
6012 @end smallexample
6013
6014 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
6015 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
6016 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
6017 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
6018
6019 @smallexample
6020 @var{x} @var{file}
6021 @end smallexample
6022
6023 @noindent
6024 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
6025 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
6026 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
6027 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
6028 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
6029 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
6030 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
6031
6032 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
6033 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
6034 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
6035 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
6036 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
6037 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
6038
6039 @node Backup Levels
6040 @section Levels of Backups
6041
6042 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
6043 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
6044 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
6045 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
6046 are daily re-archived.
6047
6048 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
6049 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
6050 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
6051 dump.
6052
6053 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
6054 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
6055 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
6056 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
6057 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
6058 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
6059 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
6060 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
6061
6062 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
6063 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
6064 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
6065 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
6066 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
6067
6068 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
6069 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
6070 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
6071 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
6072 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
6073 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
6074
6075 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
6076 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
6077 their use in detail.
6078
6079 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
6080 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
6081 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
6082 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
6083 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
6084 making such an attempt.
6085
6086 @node Backup Parameters
6087 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6088
6089 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
6090 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
6091 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
6092 before using these scripts.
6093
6094 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
6095 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
6096 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
6097 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
6098 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
6099 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
6100 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
6101 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
6102
6103 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
6104 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
6105
6106 @menu
6107 * General-Purpose Variables::
6108 * Magnetic Tape Control::
6109 * User Hooks::
6110 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6111 @end menu
6112
6113 @node General-Purpose Variables
6114 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
6115
6116 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
6117 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
6118 sends a backup report to this address.
6119 @end defvr
6120
6121 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
6122 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
6123 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
6124 or the string @samp{now}.
6125
6126 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
6127 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
6128 @end defvr
6129
6130 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
6131
6132 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
6133 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
6134 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
6135 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
6136 invocations of @command{mt}.
6137 @end defvr
6138
6139 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
6140
6141 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
6142 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
6143 @end defvr
6144
6145 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
6146
6147 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6148 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
6149 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
6150 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
6151 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
6152
6153 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
6154 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
6155 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
6156 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
6157 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
6158 machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
6159 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
6160 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
6161 host as long as it can access the file system through @acronym{NFS}.
6162
6163 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
6164 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6165 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
6166 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
6167 @end defvr
6168
6169 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
6170
6171 The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
6172 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
6173 @end defvr
6174
6175 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
6176
6177 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6178 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
6179 which the backup script is run.
6180
6181 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
6182 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6183 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
6184 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
6185 @end defvr
6186
6187 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
6188
6189 The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
6190 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
6191 @end defvr
6192
6193 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
6194
6195 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
6196 @end defvr
6197
6198 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
6199 @anchor{RSH}
6200 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
6201 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
6202 to use public key authentication.
6203 @end defvr
6204
6205 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
6206
6207 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines. This will
6208 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
6209 of @GNUTAR{}.
6210 @end defvr
6211
6212 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
6213
6214 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
6215 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
6216 @end defvr
6217
6218 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
6219
6220 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
6221 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
6222 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
6223 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
6224 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
6225 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
6226
6227 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6228 @end defvr
6229
6230 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
6231
6232 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
6233
6234 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6235 @end defvr
6236
6237 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
6238
6239 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
6240 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
6241 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
6242 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console. For the
6243 description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
6244
6245 @end defvr
6246
6247 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
6248
6249 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
6250 this will just be some literal text.
6251 @end defvr
6252
6253 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
6254
6255 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
6256 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
6257 @end defvr
6258
6259 @node Magnetic Tape Control
6260 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
6261
6262 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
6263 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
6264 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
6265
6266 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
6267 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
6268 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
6269
6270 @smallexample
6271 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
6272
6273 mt_begin() @{
6274 mt -f "$1" retension
6275 @}
6276 @end smallexample
6277 @end defvr
6278
6279 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
6280 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
6281 follows:
6282
6283 @smallexample
6284 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
6285
6286 mt_rewind() @{
6287 mt -f "$1" rewind
6288 @}
6289 @end smallexample
6290
6291 @end defvr
6292
6293 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
6294 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
6295 it is defined as follows:
6296
6297 @smallexample
6298 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
6299
6300 mt_offline() @{
6301 mt -f "$1" offl
6302 @}
6303 @end smallexample
6304 @end defvr
6305
6306 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
6307 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
6308 including error count. Default definition:
6309
6310 @smallexample
6311 MT_STATUS=mt_status
6312
6313 mt_status() @{
6314 mt -f "$1" status
6315 @}
6316 @end smallexample
6317 @end defvr
6318
6319 @node User Hooks
6320 @subsection User Hooks
6321
6322 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
6323 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
6324 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
6325 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
6326 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
6327 taking four arguments:
6328
6329 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
6330 Its arguments are:
6331
6332 @table @var
6333 @item level
6334 Current backup or restore level.
6335
6336 @item host
6337 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
6338
6339 @item fs
6340 Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
6341
6342 @item fsname
6343 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
6344 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
6345 @end table
6346 @end deffn
6347
6348 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
6349
6350 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
6351 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
6352 @end defvr
6353
6354 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
6355 Executed after dumping the file system.
6356 @end defvr
6357
6358 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
6359 Executed before restoring the file system.
6360 @end defvr
6361
6362 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
6363 Executed after restoring the file system.
6364 @end defvr
6365
6366 @node backup-specs example
6367 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6368
6369 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
6370
6371 @smallexample
6372 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
6373
6374 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
6375 BACKUP_HOUR=1
6376 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
6377
6378 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
6379 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
6380 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
6381
6382 # Override MT_STATUS function:
6383 my_status() @{
6384 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
6385 @}
6386 MT_STATUS=my_status
6387
6388 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
6389 MT_OFFLINE=:
6390
6391 BLOCKING=124
6392 BACKUP_DIRS="
6393 albert:/fs/fsf
6394 apple-gunkies:/gd
6395 albert:/fs/gd2
6396 albert:/fs/gp
6397 geech:/usr/jla
6398 churchy:/usr/roland
6399 albert:/
6400 albert:/usr
6401 apple-gunkies:/
6402 apple-gunkies:/usr
6403 gnu:/hack
6404 gnu:/u
6405 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
6406 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
6407
6408 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
6409
6410 @end smallexample
6411
6412 @node Scripted Backups
6413 @section Using the Backup Scripts
6414
6415 The syntax for running a backup script is:
6416
6417 @smallexample
6418 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
6419 @end smallexample
6420
6421 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
6422 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
6423 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
6424 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
6425 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
6426 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
6427 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
6428 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
6429 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
6430 create a level one dump.}
6431
6432 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
6433 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
6434
6435 @table @asis
6436 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
6437
6438 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
6439
6440 @item @var{hh}
6441
6442 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
6443
6444 @item now
6445
6446 The dump must be run immediately.
6447 @end table
6448
6449 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
6450 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
6451 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
6452 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
6453 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
6454 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
6455 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
6456 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
6457 Restoration}).
6458
6459 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
6460 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
6461 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
6462 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
6463 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
6464 file.
6465
6466 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
6467 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
6468 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
6469 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
6470 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
6471 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
6472 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
6473
6474 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
6475 standard output.
6476
6477 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
6478 script:
6479
6480 @table @option
6481 @item -l @var{level}
6482 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6483 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
6484
6485 @item -f
6486 @itemx --force
6487 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
6488
6489 @item -v[@var{level}]
6490 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6491 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6492 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6493 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6494
6495 @item -t @var{start-time}
6496 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
6497 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
6498
6499 @item -h
6500 @itemx --help
6501 Display short help message and exit.
6502
6503 @item -V
6504 @itemx --version
6505 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6506 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6507 @end table
6508
6509
6510 @node Scripted Restoration
6511 @section Using the Restore Script
6512
6513 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
6514 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
6515 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
6516 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
6517 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
6518
6519 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
6520 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
6521 line. For example, running
6522
6523 @smallexample
6524 restore 'albert:*'
6525 @end smallexample
6526
6527 @noindent
6528 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
6529 complicated example:
6530
6531 @smallexample
6532 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6533 @end smallexample
6534
6535 @noindent
6536 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6537 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6538
6539 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6540 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6541 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
6542 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
6543 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
6544 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6545
6546 @smallexample
6547 restore --level=1
6548 @end smallexample
6549
6550 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6551
6552 @table @option
6553 @item -a
6554 @itemx --all
6555 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
6556
6557 @item -l @var{level}
6558 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6559 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6560
6561 @item -v[@var{level}]
6562 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6563 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6564 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6565 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6566
6567 @item -h
6568 @itemx --help
6569 Display short help message and exit.
6570
6571 @item -V
6572 @itemx --version
6573 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6574 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6575 @end table
6576
6577 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6578 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
6579 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6580 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6581 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6582 the tape as needed. @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6583 positioning.
6584
6585 @quotation
6586 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
6587 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
6588 @end quotation
6589
6590 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
6591 that determination.
6592
6593 @node Choosing
6594 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
6595
6596 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
6597 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
6598 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
6599 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
6600 are in specified directories.
6601
6602 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
6603
6604 @menu
6605 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
6606 * Selecting Archive Members::
6607 * files:: Reading Names from a File
6608 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
6609 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6610 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
6611 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
6612 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
6613 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
6614 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
6615 @end menu
6616
6617 @node file
6618 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
6619
6620 @cindex Naming an archive
6621 @cindex Archive Name
6622 @cindex Choosing an archive file
6623 @cindex Where is the archive?
6624 @opindex file
6625 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
6626 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
6627 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
6628 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
6629 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
6630 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
6631 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
6632 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
6633 instead of the default archive file location.
6634
6635 @table @option
6636 @xopindex{file, short description}
6637 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
6638 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
6639 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
6640 any operation.
6641 @end table
6642
6643 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
6644
6645 @smallexample
6646 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
6647 @end smallexample
6648
6649 @noindent
6650 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
6651 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
6652 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
6653 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
6654 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
6655 for the archive name.
6656
6657 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
6658 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
6659 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
6660
6661 @cindex Writing new archives
6662 @cindex Archive creation
6663 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
6664 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
6665 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
6666 name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
6667
6668 @cindex Standard input and output
6669 @cindex tar to standard input and output
6670 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
6671 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
6672 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
6673 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
6674 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
6675 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
6676
6677 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
6678 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
6679
6680 @smallexample
6681 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
6682 @end smallexample
6683
6684 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
6685
6686 @smallexample
6687 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
6688 @end smallexample
6689
6690 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
6691 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
6692 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
6693 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
6694 of the extracted files.
6695
6696 @cindex Remote devices
6697 @cindex tar to a remote device
6698 @anchor{remote-dev}
6699 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
6700 use the following:
6701
6702 @smallexample
6703 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
6704 @end smallexample
6705
6706 @noindent
6707 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
6708 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
6709 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
6710 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
6711 as the username on the remote machine.
6712
6713 @cindex Local and remote archives
6714 @anchor{local and remote archives}
6715 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
6716 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
6717 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
6718 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
6719 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
6720 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
6721 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
6722 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
6723 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
6724 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
6725 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
6726 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
6727 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
6728 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
6729
6730 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
6731 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
6732 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
6733 uses this feature.
6734
6735 @node Selecting Archive Members
6736 @section Selecting Archive Members
6737 @cindex Specifying files to act on
6738 @cindex Specifying archive members
6739
6740 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
6741 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
6742 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
6743 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
6744
6745 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
6746 the command line, as follows:
6747 @smallexample
6748 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
6749 @end smallexample
6750
6751 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
6752 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
6753 option.
6754
6755 @anchor{input name quoting}
6756 By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
6757 name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
6758 table:
6759
6760 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
6761 @headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
6762 @item \a @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
6763 @item \b @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
6764 @item \f @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
6765 @item \n @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
6766 @item \r @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
6767 @item \t @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
6768 @item \v @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
6769 @item \? @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
6770 @item \@var{n} @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
6771 of up to 3 digits)
6772 @end multitable
6773
6774 A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
6775
6776 This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
6777 option:
6778
6779 @table @option
6780 @opindex unquote
6781 @item --unquote
6782 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
6783
6784 @opindex no-unquote
6785 @item --no-unquote
6786 Disable unquoting input file or member names.
6787 @end table
6788
6789 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
6790 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
6791
6792 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
6793 on the operation mode as described below:
6794
6795 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
6796 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
6797
6798 @smallexample
6799 @group
6800 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
6801 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
6802 Try `tar --help' or `tar --usage' for more information.
6803 @end group
6804 @end smallexample
6805
6806 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
6807 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
6808 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
6809
6810 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
6811 the contents of the current working directory.
6812
6813 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
6814
6815 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
6816 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
6817 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
6818 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
6819 of files and archive members.
6820
6821 @node files
6822 @section Reading Names from a File
6823
6824 @cindex Reading file names from a file
6825 @cindex Lists of file names
6826 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
6827 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
6828 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
6829 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
6830 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
6831 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
6832 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
6833 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
6834 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
6835 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
6836
6837 @table @option
6838 @opindex files-from
6839 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
6840 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
6841 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
6842 @end table
6843
6844 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
6845 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
6846 names are read from standard input.
6847
6848 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
6849 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
6850 command.
6851
6852 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
6853
6854 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
6855 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
6856 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
6857 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
6858 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
6859 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
6860 more information.)
6861
6862 @smallexample
6863 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
6864 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
6865 @end smallexample
6866
6867 @noindent
6868 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
6869 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
6870 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
6871 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
6872 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
6873 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
6874 specifying @option{-C} option:
6875
6876 @smallexample
6877 @group
6878 $ @kbd{cat list}
6879 -C/etc
6880 passwd
6881 hosts
6882 -C/lib
6883 libc.a
6884 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6885 @end group
6886 @end smallexample
6887
6888 @noindent
6889 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
6890 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
6891 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
6892 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
6893 contain:
6894
6895 @smallexample
6896 @group
6897 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
6898 passwd
6899 hosts
6900 libc.a
6901 @end group
6902 @end smallexample
6903
6904 @noindent
6905 @xopindex{directory, using in @option{--files-from} argument}
6906 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
6907 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
6908 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
6909
6910 @itemize @bullet
6911 @item
6912 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
6913 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
6914 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
6915
6916 @item
6917 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
6918 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
6919 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
6920
6921 @item
6922 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
6923 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
6924
6925 @smallexample
6926 @group
6927 --directory
6928 dir
6929 @end group
6930 @end smallexample
6931
6932 @noindent
6933 and
6934
6935 @smallexample
6936 @group
6937 -C
6938 dir
6939 @end group
6940 @end smallexample
6941 @end itemize
6942
6943 @opindex add-file
6944 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
6945 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
6946 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
6947
6948 @menu
6949 * nul::
6950 @end menu
6951
6952 @node nul
6953 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
6954
6955 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
6956 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
6957 The @option{--null} option causes
6958 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
6959 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
6960 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
6961 @option{--files-from}.
6962
6963 @table @option
6964 @xopindex{null, described}
6965 @item --null
6966 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
6967 terminate in a newline.
6968
6969 @xopindex{no-null, described}
6970 @item --no-null
6971 Undo the effect of any previous @option{--null} option.
6972 @end table
6973
6974 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
6975 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
6976 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
6977 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
6978 file names that begin with dash.
6979
6980 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
6981 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
6982 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
6983 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
6984 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
6985 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
6986 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
6987 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
6988 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
6989
6990 @smallexample
6991 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
6992 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
6993 @end smallexample
6994
6995 The @option{--no-null} option can be used if you need to read both
6996 zero-terminated and newline-terminated files on the same command line.
6997 For example, if @file{flist} is a newline-terminated file, then the
6998 following command can be used to combine it with the above command:
6999
7000 @smallexample
7001 @group
7002 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 |
7003 tar -c -f big.tar --null -T - --no-null -T flist}
7004 @end group
7005 @end smallexample
7006
7007 This example uses short options for typographic reasons, to avoid
7008 very long lines.
7009
7010 @GNUTAR is able to automatically detect null-terminated file lists, so
7011 it is safe to use them even without the @option{--null} option. In
7012 this case @command{tar} will print a warning and continue reading such
7013 a file as if @option{--null} were actually given:
7014
7015 @smallexample
7016 @group
7017 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 | tar -c -f big.tar -T -}
7018 tar: -: file name read contains nul character
7019 @end group
7020 @end smallexample
7021
7022 The null terminator, however, remains in effect only for this
7023 particular file, any following @option{-T} options will assume
7024 newline termination. Of course, the null autodetection applies
7025 to these eventual surplus @option{-T} options as well.
7026
7027 @node exclude
7028 @section Excluding Some Files
7029
7030 @cindex File names, excluding files by
7031 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
7032 @cindex Excluding files by file system
7033 @opindex exclude
7034 @opindex exclude-from
7035 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
7036 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
7037
7038 @table @option
7039 @opindex exclude
7040 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
7041 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
7042 @end table
7043
7044 @findex exclude
7045 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
7046 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
7047 being operated on.
7048 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
7049 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
7050 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
7051
7052 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
7053
7054 @table @option
7055 @opindex exclude-from
7056 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
7057 @itemx -X @var{file}
7058 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
7059 @var{file}.
7060 @end table
7061
7062 @findex exclude-from
7063 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
7064 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
7065 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
7066 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
7067 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
7068 added to the archive.
7069
7070 Notice, that lines from @var{file} are read verbatim. One of the
7071 frequent errors is leaving some extra whitespace after a file name,
7072 which is difficult to catch using text editors.
7073
7074 However, empty lines are OK.
7075
7076 @table @option
7077 @cindex version control system, excluding files
7078 @cindex VCS, excluding files
7079 @cindex SCCS, excluding files
7080 @cindex RCS, excluding files
7081 @cindex CVS, excluding files
7082 @cindex SVN, excluding files
7083 @cindex git, excluding files
7084 @cindex Bazaar, excluding files
7085 @cindex Arch, excluding files
7086 @cindex Mercurial, excluding files
7087 @cindex Darcs, excluding files
7088 @opindex exclude-vcs
7089 @item --exclude-vcs
7090 Exclude files and directories used by following version control
7091 systems: @samp{CVS}, @samp{RCS}, @samp{SCCS}, @samp{SVN}, @samp{Arch},
7092 @samp{Bazaar}, @samp{Mercurial}, and @samp{Darcs}.
7093
7094 As of version @value{VERSION}, the following files are excluded:
7095
7096 @itemize @bullet
7097 @item @file{CVS/}, and everything under it
7098 @item @file{RCS/}, and everything under it
7099 @item @file{SCCS/}, and everything under it
7100 @item @file{.git/}, and everything under it
7101 @item @file{.gitignore}
7102 @item @file{.cvsignore}
7103 @item @file{.svn/}, and everything under it
7104 @item @file{.arch-ids/}, and everything under it
7105 @item @file{@{arch@}/}, and everything under it
7106 @item @file{=RELEASE-ID}
7107 @item @file{=meta-update}
7108 @item @file{=update}
7109 @item @file{.bzr}
7110 @item @file{.bzrignore}
7111 @item @file{.bzrtags}
7112 @item @file{.hg}
7113 @item @file{.hgignore}
7114 @item @file{.hgrags}
7115 @item @file{_darcs}
7116 @end itemize
7117
7118 @opindex exclude-backups
7119 @item --exclude-backups
7120 Exclude backup and lock files. This option causes exclusion of files
7121 that match the following shell globbing patterns:
7122
7123 @table @asis
7124 @item .#*
7125 @item *~
7126 @item #*#
7127 @end table
7128
7129 @end table
7130
7131 @findex exclude-caches
7132 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
7133 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
7134 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
7135 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
7136 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
7137 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
7138 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
7139 more easily excluded from backups.
7140
7141 There are three @samp{exclude-caches} options, each providing a different
7142 exclusion semantics:
7143
7144 @table @option
7145 @opindex exclude-caches
7146 @item --exclude-caches
7147 Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
7148 directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
7149
7150 @opindex exclude-caches-under
7151 @item --exclude-caches-under
7152 Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
7153 @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
7154
7155 @opindex exclude-caches-all
7156 @item --exclude-caches-all
7157 Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
7158 @end table
7159
7160 @findex exclude-tag
7161 Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
7162 this concept. It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
7163 Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
7164 Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
7165 option family:
7166
7167 @table @option
7168 @opindex exclude-tag
7169 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
7170 Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
7171 directory itself and the @var{file}.
7172
7173 @opindex exclude-tag-under
7174 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
7175 Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
7176 @var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
7177
7178 @opindex exclude-tag-all
7179 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
7180 Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
7181 @end table
7182
7183 Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
7184
7185 For example, given this directory:
7186
7187 @smallexample
7188 @group
7189 $ @kbd{find dir}
7190 dir
7191 dir/blues
7192 dir/jazz
7193 dir/folk
7194 dir/folk/tagfile
7195 dir/folk/sanjuan
7196 dir/folk/trote
7197 @end group
7198 @end smallexample
7199
7200 The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
7201
7202 @smallexample
7203 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
7204 dir/
7205 dir/blues
7206 dir/jazz
7207 dir/folk/
7208 tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7209 contents not dumped
7210 dir/folk/tagfile
7211 @end smallexample
7212
7213 Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
7214 the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
7215
7216 Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
7217 @file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
7218 itself, as shown in this example:
7219
7220 @smallexample
7221 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
7222 dir/
7223 dir/blues
7224 dir/jazz
7225 dir/folk/
7226 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7227 contents not dumped
7228 @end smallexample
7229
7230 Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
7231 directory entirely:
7232
7233 @smallexample
7234 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
7235 dir/
7236 dir/blues
7237 dir/jazz
7238 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7239 directory not dumped
7240 @end smallexample
7241
7242 @menu
7243 * problems with exclude::
7244 @end menu
7245
7246 @node problems with exclude
7247 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
7248
7249 @xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
7250 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
7251 pitfalls:
7252
7253 @itemize @bullet
7254 @item
7255 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
7256 explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
7257 components is excluded. In the example above, if
7258 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
7259 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
7260 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
7261
7262 @item
7263 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
7264 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
7265 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
7266 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
7267 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
7268 zero, one, or many files.
7269
7270 @item
7271 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
7272 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
7273 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
7274 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
7275 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
7276 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
7277
7278 For example, write:
7279
7280 @smallexample
7281 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
7282 @end smallexample
7283
7284 @noindent
7285 rather than:
7286
7287 @smallexample
7288 # @emph{Wrong!}
7289 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
7290 @end smallexample
7291
7292 @item
7293 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
7294 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
7295 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
7296 might fail.
7297
7298 @item
7299 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
7300 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
7301 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
7302 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
7303 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
7304 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
7305 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
7306 file.
7307
7308 @end itemize
7309
7310 @node wildcards
7311 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7312
7313 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
7314 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
7315 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
7316 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
7317 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
7318 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
7319 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
7320
7321 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
7322
7323 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
7324 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
7325 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
7326 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
7327 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
7328 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
7329 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
7330 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
7331 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
7332
7333 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
7334 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
7335 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
7336 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
7337 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
7338 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
7339 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
7340 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
7341 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
7342 @emph{last} in a character class.)
7343
7344 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
7345 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
7346 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
7347 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
7348 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
7349 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
7350
7351 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
7352 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
7353 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
7354 @var{e}, inclusive.
7355
7356 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
7357 who don't have dan around.}
7358
7359 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
7360 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
7361 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
7362 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
7363
7364 @menu
7365 * controlling pattern-matching::
7366 @end menu
7367
7368 @node controlling pattern-matching
7369 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
7370
7371 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
7372 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
7373 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
7374 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
7375 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
7376
7377 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
7378 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
7379 @option{--update}.
7380
7381 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
7382 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
7383 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
7384
7385 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
7386 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
7387 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
7388 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
7389 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
7390 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
7391
7392 @smallexample
7393 @group
7394 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7395 a.c
7396 b.c
7397 a.txt
7398 [remarks]
7399 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
7400 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
7401 [remarks]
7402 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
7403 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
7404 a.txt
7405 [remarks]
7406 @end group
7407 @end smallexample
7408
7409 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
7410
7411 @table @option
7412 @opindex wildcards
7413 @item --wildcards
7414 Treat all member names as wildcards.
7415
7416 @opindex no-wildcards
7417 @item --no-wildcards
7418 Treat all member names as literal strings.
7419 @end table
7420
7421 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
7422
7423 @smallexample
7424 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
7425 a.c
7426 b.c
7427 @end smallexample
7428
7429 @noindent
7430 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
7431 it.
7432
7433 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
7434 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
7435 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
7436 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
7437
7438 @smallexample
7439 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
7440 @end smallexample
7441
7442 @noindent
7443 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
7444 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
7445
7446 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
7447 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
7448 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
7449 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
7450
7451 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
7452 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
7453 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
7454 before deciding whether to exclude it.
7455
7456 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
7457 below. These options accumulate. For example:
7458
7459 @smallexample
7460 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
7461 @end smallexample
7462
7463 @noindent
7464 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
7465 @samp{readme}.
7466
7467 @table @option
7468 @opindex anchored
7469 @opindex no-anchored
7470 @item --anchored
7471 @itemx --no-anchored
7472 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
7473 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
7474 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
7475 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
7476
7477 @opindex ignore-case
7478 @opindex no-ignore-case
7479 @item --ignore-case
7480 @itemx --no-ignore-case
7481 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
7482 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
7483
7484 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
7485 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
7486 @item --wildcards-match-slash
7487 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
7488 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
7489 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
7490 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
7491
7492 @end table
7493
7494 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
7495 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
7496 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
7497 the name's parent directories.
7498
7499 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
7500
7501 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
7502 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
7503 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
7504 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
7505 @end multitable
7506
7507 @node quoting styles
7508 @section Quoting Member Names
7509
7510 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
7511 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
7512 quoting}. The characters in question are:
7513
7514 @itemize @bullet
7515 @item Non-printable control characters:
7516 @anchor{escape sequences}
7517 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
7518 @headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
7519 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
7520 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
7521 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
7522 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
7523 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
7524 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
7525 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
7526 @end multitable
7527
7528 @item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
7529
7530 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
7531
7532 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
7533 @end itemize
7534
7535 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
7536 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
7537 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
7538 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
7539 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
7540 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
7541
7542 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
7543 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
7544
7545 @table @option
7546 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
7547 @opindex quoting-style
7548
7549 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
7550 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
7551 @end table
7552
7553 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
7554 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
7555 containing the following members:
7556
7557 @smallexample
7558 @group
7559 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
7560 a tab
7561 # 2. Contains newline character
7562 a
7563 newline
7564 # 3. Contains a space
7565 a space
7566 # 4. Contains double quotes
7567 a"double"quote
7568 # 5. Contains single quotes
7569 a'single'quote
7570 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
7571 a\backslash
7572 @end group
7573 @end smallexample
7574
7575 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
7576 had existed in the current working directory:
7577
7578 @smallexample
7579 @group
7580 $ @kbd{ls}
7581 a\ttab
7582 a\nnewline
7583 a\ space
7584 a"double"quote
7585 a'single'quote
7586 a\\backslash
7587 @end group
7588 @end smallexample
7589
7590 Quoting styles:
7591
7592 @table @samp
7593 @item literal
7594 No quoting, display each character as is:
7595
7596 @smallexample
7597 @group
7598 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
7599 ./
7600 ./a space
7601 ./a'single'quote
7602 ./a"double"quote
7603 ./a\backslash
7604 ./a tab
7605 ./a
7606 newline
7607 @end group
7608 @end smallexample
7609
7610 @item shell
7611 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
7612 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
7613 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
7614 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
7615 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
7616 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
7617
7618 @smallexample
7619 @group
7620 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
7621 ./
7622 './a space'
7623 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7624 './a"double"quote'
7625 './a\backslash'
7626 './a tab'
7627 './a
7628 newline'
7629 @end group
7630 @end smallexample
7631
7632 @item shell-always
7633 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
7634 quotes:
7635
7636 @smallexample
7637 @group
7638 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
7639 './'
7640 './a space'
7641 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7642 './a"double"quote'
7643 './a\backslash'
7644 './a tab'
7645 './a
7646 newline'
7647 @end group
7648 @end smallexample
7649
7650 @item c
7651 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
7652 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
7653 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
7654 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
7655 spaces are not quoted:
7656
7657 @smallexample
7658 @group
7659 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
7660 "./"
7661 "./a space"
7662 "./a'single'quote"
7663 "./a\"double\"quote"
7664 "./a\\backslash"
7665 "./a\ttab"
7666 "./a\nnewline"
7667 @end group
7668 @end smallexample
7669
7670 @item escape
7671 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
7672 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
7673 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
7674 package.
7675
7676 @smallexample
7677 @group
7678 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
7679 ./
7680 ./a space
7681 ./a'single'quote
7682 ./a"double"quote
7683 ./a\\backslash
7684 ./a\ttab
7685 ./a\nnewline
7686 @end group
7687 @end smallexample
7688
7689 @item locale
7690 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
7691 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
7692 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
7693 define quotation marks, use @samp{`} as left and @samp{'} as right
7694 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
7695 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
7696
7697 For example:
7698
7699 @smallexample
7700 @group
7701 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
7702 `./'
7703 `./a space'
7704 `./a\'single\'quote'
7705 `./a"double"quote'
7706 `./a\\backslash'
7707 `./a\ttab'
7708 `./a\nnewline'
7709 @end group
7710 @end smallexample
7711
7712 @item clocale
7713 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
7714 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
7715
7716 @smallexample
7717 @group
7718 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
7719 "./"
7720 "./a space"
7721 "./a'single'quote"
7722 "./a\"double\"quote"
7723 "./a\\backslash"
7724 "./a\ttab"
7725 "./a\nnewline"
7726 @end group
7727 @end smallexample
7728 @end table
7729
7730 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
7731 implied by the current quoting style:
7732
7733 @table @option
7734 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
7735 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
7736 quoting style would not quote them.
7737 @end table
7738
7739 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
7740 escape listing above):
7741
7742 @smallexample
7743 @group
7744 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
7745 ./
7746 ./a\ space
7747 ./a'single'quote
7748 ./a\"double\"quote
7749 ./a\\backslash
7750 ./a\ttab
7751 ./a\nnewline
7752 @end group
7753 @end smallexample
7754
7755 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
7756 option:
7757
7758 @table @option
7759 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
7760 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
7761 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
7762 @end table
7763
7764 This option is particularly useful if you have added
7765 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
7766 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
7767
7768 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
7769 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
7770
7771 @node transform
7772 @section Modifying File and Member Names
7773
7774 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
7775 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
7776 storing file to an archive, its file name is recorded in it,
7777 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
7778 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
7779 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
7780 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
7781
7782 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
7783 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
7784 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
7785 special option for handling them, which is described in
7786 @ref{absolute}.
7787
7788 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
7789 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
7790 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
7791 archive.
7792
7793 @GNUTAR{} provides several options for these needs.
7794
7795 @table @option
7796 @opindex strip-components
7797 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
7798 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
7799 extraction.
7800 @end table
7801
7802 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
7803 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
7804 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
7805 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
7806
7807 @smallexample
7808 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
7809 @end smallexample
7810
7811 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
7812 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
7813 name.
7814
7815 If you add the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option to the invocation
7816 above, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
7817 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
7818 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
7819 altering this behavior:
7820
7821 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
7822 @table @option
7823 @opindex show-transformed-names
7824 @item --show-transformed-names
7825 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
7826 applied.
7827 @end table
7828
7829 @noindent
7830 For example:
7831
7832 @smallexample
7833 @group
7834 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
7835 usr/include/stdlib.h
7836 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
7837 stdlib.h
7838 @end group
7839 @end smallexample
7840
7841 Notice that in both cases the file @file{stdlib.h} is extracted to the
7842 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
7843 only the way its name is displayed.
7844
7845 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
7846 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
7847
7848 @smallexample
7849 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
7850 @end smallexample
7851
7852 @noindent
7853 it is often advisable to run
7854
7855 @smallexample
7856 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
7857 @end smallexample
7858
7859 @noindent
7860 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
7861
7862 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
7863 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
7864
7865 @table @option
7866 @opindex transform
7867 @opindex xform
7868 @item --transform=@var{expression}
7869 @itemx --xform=@var{expression}
7870 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
7871 @end table
7872
7873 @noindent
7874 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
7875 form:
7876
7877 @smallexample
7878 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
7879 @end smallexample
7880
7881 @noindent
7882 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
7883 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
7884 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
7885 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
7886
7887 Any delimiter can be used in lieue of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
7888 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
7889 the following two expressions are equivalent:
7890
7891 @smallexample
7892 @group
7893 s/one/two/
7894 s,one,two,
7895 @end group
7896 @end smallexample
7897
7898 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
7899 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
7900 @code{s/\//-/}.
7901
7902 As in @command{sed}, you can give several replace expressions,
7903 separated by a semicolon.
7904
7905 Supported @var{flags} are:
7906
7907 @table @samp
7908 @item g
7909 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
7910 just the first.
7911
7912 @item i
7913 Use case-insensitive matching
7914
7915 @item x
7916 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
7917 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
7918 sed, GNU sed}).
7919
7920 @item @var{number}
7921 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
7922
7923 Note: the @acronym{POSIX} standard does not specify what should happen
7924 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
7925 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
7926 the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
7927 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
7928 @var{number}th on.
7929
7930 @end table
7931
7932 In addition, several @dfn{transformation scope} flags are supported,
7933 that control to what files transformations apply. These are:
7934
7935 @table @samp
7936 @item r
7937 Apply transformation to regular archive members.
7938
7939 @item R
7940 Do not apply transformation to regular archive members.
7941
7942 @item s
7943 Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
7944
7945 @item S
7946 Do not apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
7947
7948 @item h
7949 Apply transformation to hard link targets.
7950
7951 @item H
7952 Do not apply transformation to hard link targets.
7953 @end table
7954
7955 Default is @samp{rsh}, which means to apply tranformations to both archive
7956 members and targets of symbolic and hard links.
7957
7958 Default scope flags can also be changed using @samp{flags=} statement
7959 in the transform expression. The flags set this way remain in force
7960 until next @samp{flags=} statement or end of expression, whichever
7961 occurs first. For example:
7962
7963 @smallexample
7964 --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|'
7965 @end smallexample
7966
7967 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
7968
7969 @enumerate
7970 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
7971
7972 @smallexample
7973 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
7974 @end smallexample
7975
7976 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
7977 @option{--strip-components=2}):
7978
7979 @smallexample
7980 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
7981 @end smallexample
7982
7983 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
7984
7985 @smallexample
7986 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
7987 @end smallexample
7988
7989 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
7990
7991 @smallexample
7992 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
7993 @end smallexample
7994
7995 @item Archive the @file{/lib} directory, prepending @samp{/usr/local}
7996 to each archive member:
7997
7998 @smallexample
7999 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S' -c -f arch.tar /lib}
8000 @end smallexample
8001 @end enumerate
8002
8003 Notice the use of flags in the last example. The @file{/lib}
8004 directory often contains many symbolic links to files within it.
8005 It may look, for example, like this:
8006
8007 @smallexample
8008 $ @kbd{ls -l}
8009 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /lib/
8010 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8011 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /lib/libc.so.6 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8012 ...
8013 @end smallexample
8014
8015 Using the expression @samp{s,^,/usr/local/,} would mean adding
8016 @samp{/usr/local} to both regular archive members and to link
8017 targets. In this case, @file{/lib/libc.so.6} would become:
8018
8019 @smallexample
8020 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 -> /usr/local/libc-2.3.2.so
8021 @end smallexample
8022
8023 This is definitely not desired. To avoid this, the @samp{S} flag
8024 are used, which excludes symbolic link targets from filename
8025 transformations. The result is:
8026
8027 @smallexample
8028 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S', -c -v -f arch.tar \
8029 --show-transformed /lib}
8030 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /usr/local/lib/
8031 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /usr/local/lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8032 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 ->
8033 libc-2.3.2.so
8034 @end smallexample
8035
8036 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
8037 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
8038 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
8039 component with @file{var/}:
8040
8041 @smallexample
8042 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
8043 @end smallexample
8044
8045 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
8046 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
8047
8048 @smallexample
8049 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
8050 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
8051 @end smallexample
8052
8053 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
8054 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
8055 number of components is then stripped from its result.
8056
8057 You can use as many @option{--transform} options in a single command
8058 line as you want. The specified expressions will then be applied in
8059 order of their appearance. For example, the following two invocations
8060 are equivalent:
8061
8062 @smallexample
8063 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/' \
8064 --transform='s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8065 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar \
8066 --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/;s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8067 @end smallexample
8068
8069 @node after
8070 @section Operating Only on New Files
8071
8072 @cindex Excluding file by age
8073 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
8074 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
8075 @cindex Age, excluding files by
8076 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
8077 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
8078 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
8079 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
8080 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
8081 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
8082 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
8083 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
8084 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
8085
8086 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
8087 modification of the file's data (rather than status
8088 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
8089
8090 @cindex --after-date and --update compared
8091 @cindex --newer-mtime and --update compared
8092 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
8093 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
8094 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
8095 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
8096
8097 @table @option
8098 @opindex after-date
8099 @opindex newer
8100 @item --after-date=@var{date}
8101 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
8102 @itemx -N @var{date}
8103 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
8104
8105 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
8106 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
8107
8108 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
8109 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
8110
8111 @opindex newer-mtime
8112 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
8113 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
8114 @end table
8115
8116 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
8117 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
8118 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
8119 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
8120 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
8121 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
8122
8123 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
8124 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
8125 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
8126 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
8127 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
8128 field.
8129
8130 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
8131 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
8132 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
8133 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
8134 contents of the file were looked at).
8135
8136 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
8137 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
8138 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
8139 all the files modified less than two days ago:
8140
8141 @smallexample
8142 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
8143 @end smallexample
8144
8145 When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
8146 (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
8147 date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
8148 one given with the option. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
8149 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
8150 ensure he is using the right date. For example:
8151
8152 @smallexample
8153 @group
8154 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
8155 tar: Option --after-date: Treating date `10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
8156 13:19:37.232434
8157 @end group
8158 @end smallexample
8159
8160 @quotation
8161 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
8162 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
8163 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
8164 @end quotation
8165
8166 @node recurse
8167 @section Descending into Directories
8168 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
8169 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
8170 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
8171 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
8172
8173 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
8174 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
8175 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
8176 want @command{tar} to act this way.
8177
8178 @opindex no-recursion
8179 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
8180 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
8181 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
8182 use the @command{find} (@pxref{Top,, find, find, GNU Find Manual})
8183 utility for hunting through levels of directories to
8184 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
8185 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
8186 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
8187 @command{tar}.
8188
8189 @table @option
8190 @item --no-recursion
8191 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
8192
8193 @opindex recursion
8194 @item --recursion
8195 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
8196 This is the default.
8197 @end table
8198
8199 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
8200 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
8201 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
8202 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
8203 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
8204 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
8205 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
8206 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
8207 the files located via @command{find}.
8208
8209 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
8210 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
8211 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
8212 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
8213 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
8214 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
8215 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
8216 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
8217
8218 @smallexample
8219 @group
8220 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
8221 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
8222 @end group
8223 @end smallexample
8224
8225 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
8226 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
8227 the files under those directories.
8228
8229 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
8230 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
8231
8232 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
8233 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
8234 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
8235
8236 @smallexample
8237 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
8238 @end smallexample
8239
8240 @noindent
8241 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
8242 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
8243 other than @file{grape/concord}.
8244
8245 @node one
8246 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
8247 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
8248
8249 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
8250 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
8251 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
8252 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
8253 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
8254 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
8255 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
8256
8257 @table @option
8258 @opindex one-file-system
8259 @item --one-file-system
8260 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
8261 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
8262 @end table
8263
8264 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
8265 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
8266 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
8267 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
8268 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
8269 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
8270
8271 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
8272 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
8273 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
8274 mentioned by name on the standard error.
8275
8276 @menu
8277 * directory:: Changing Directory
8278 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
8279 @end menu
8280
8281 @node directory
8282 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
8283
8284 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
8285 things around some.}
8286
8287 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
8288 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
8289 @cindex Working directory, specifying
8290 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
8291 either on the command line or in a file specified using
8292 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
8293 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
8294 after that point in the list.
8295
8296 @table @option
8297 @opindex directory
8298 @item --directory=@var{directory}
8299 @itemx -C @var{directory}
8300 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
8301 @end table
8302
8303 For example,
8304
8305 @smallexample
8306 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
8307 @end smallexample
8308
8309 @noindent
8310 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
8311 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
8312 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
8313 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
8314 store in the same archive.
8315
8316 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
8317 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
8318 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
8319 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
8320 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
8321
8322 Contrast this with the command,
8323
8324 @smallexample
8325 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
8326 @end smallexample
8327
8328 @noindent
8329 which records the third file in the archive under the name
8330 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
8331 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
8332 named @file{orange-colored}.
8333
8334 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
8335 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
8336 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
8337 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
8338 @file{foo.tar}:
8339
8340 @smallexample
8341 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
8342 @end smallexample
8343
8344 @noindent
8345 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
8346 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
8347 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
8348 directories where those files were located.
8349
8350 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
8351 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
8352 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
8353 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
8354 @option{--directory} option.
8355
8356 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
8357 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
8358 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
8359 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
8360 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
8361 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
8362 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
8363
8364 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
8365
8366 @smallexample
8367 @group
8368 -C/etc
8369 passwd
8370 hosts
8371 --directory=/lib
8372 libc.a
8373 @end group
8374 @end smallexample
8375
8376 @noindent
8377 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
8378
8379 @smallexample
8380 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
8381 @end smallexample
8382
8383 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
8384 @option{--null} option.
8385
8386 @node absolute
8387 @subsection Absolute File Names
8388 @cindex absolute file names
8389 @cindex file names, absolute
8390
8391 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
8392 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
8393 component. There is an option that turns off this behavior:
8394
8395 @table @option
8396 @opindex absolute-names
8397 @item --absolute-names
8398 @itemx -P
8399 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
8400 containing a @file{..} file name component.
8401 @end table
8402
8403 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
8404 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
8405 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
8406 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
8407 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
8408 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
8409 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
8410 really @file{etc/passwd}.
8411
8412 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
8413 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
8414 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
8415
8416 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
8417 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
8418 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
8419 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
8420 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
8421 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
8422 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
8423 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
8424 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
8425 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
8426 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
8427 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
8428 for the information on how to handle this case.}
8429
8430 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8431 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
8432
8433 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
8434 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
8435
8436 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
8437 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
8438 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
8439
8440 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
8441 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
8442 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
8443 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
8444 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
8445 may be more convenient than switching to root.
8446
8447 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
8448 to transfer files between systems.}
8449
8450 @table @option
8451 @item --absolute-names
8452 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
8453 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
8454
8455 @end table
8456
8457 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
8458 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
8459 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
8460 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
8461
8462 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
8463 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
8464 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
8465
8466 @smallexample
8467 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
8468 @end smallexample
8469
8470 @noindent
8471 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
8472 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
8473 For example:
8474
8475 @smallexample
8476 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
8477 @end smallexample
8478
8479 @include getdate.texi
8480
8481 @node Formats
8482 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
8483
8484 @cindex Tar archive formats
8485 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
8486 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
8487 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
8488
8489 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
8490 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
8491
8492 @table @asis
8493 @item gnu
8494 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
8495 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
8496 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
8497 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
8498 formats.
8499
8500 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
8501 length.
8502
8503 @item oldgnu
8504 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
8505
8506 @item v7
8507 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
8508 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
8509 are:
8510
8511 @enumerate
8512 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
8513 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
8514 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
8515 devices, fifos etc.)
8516 @item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
8517 octal)
8518 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
8519 and group name of the file owner).
8520 @end enumerate
8521
8522 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
8523 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
8524 however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
8525 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
8526 Automake prior to 1.9.
8527
8528 @item ustar
8529 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
8530 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
8531 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
8532
8533 @enumerate
8534 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
8535 provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
8536 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
8537 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
8538 characters.
8539 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
8540 100 characters.
8541 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
8542 is 8GB
8543 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
8544 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
8545 @end enumerate
8546
8547 @item star
8548 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
8549 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
8550 currently does not produce them.
8551
8552 @item posix
8553 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
8554 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
8555 restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths. This format is quite
8556 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
8557 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
8558 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
8559 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
8560 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
8561 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
8562
8563 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
8564 of @GNUTAR{}.
8565
8566 @end table
8567
8568 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
8569 formats:
8570
8571 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
8572 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
8573 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8574 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8575 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
8576 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
8577 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
8578 @end multitable
8579
8580 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
8581 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
8582 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
8583 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
8584 switch to @samp{posix}.
8585
8586 @menu
8587 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
8588 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
8589 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
8590 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
8591 @end menu
8592
8593 @node Compression
8594 @section Using Less Space through Compression
8595
8596 @menu
8597 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8598 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
8599 @end menu
8600
8601 @node gzip
8602 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8603 @cindex Compressed archives
8604 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
8605
8606 @cindex gzip
8607 @cindex bzip2
8608 @cindex lzma
8609 @cindex lzop
8610 @cindex compress
8611 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
8612 @command{gzip}, @command{bzip2}, @command{lzma} and @command{lzop} compression
8613 programs. For backward compatibility, it also supports
8614 @command{compress} command, although we strongly recommend against
8615 using it, because it is by far less effective than other compression
8616 programs@footnote{It also had patent problems in the past.}.
8617
8618 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
8619 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
8620 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
8621 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
8622 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive,
8623 @option{-J} (@option{--xz}) to create an @asis{XZ} archive,
8624 @option{--lzma} to create an @asis{LZMA} compressed
8625 archive, @option{--lzop} to create an @asis{LSOP} archive, and
8626 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
8627 For example:
8628
8629 @smallexample
8630 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
8631 @end smallexample
8632
8633 You can also let @GNUTAR{} select the compression program basing on
8634 the suffix of the archive file name. This is done using
8635 @option{--auto-compress} (@option{-a}) command line option. For
8636 example, the following invocation will use @command{bzip2} for
8637 compression:
8638
8639 @smallexample
8640 $ @kbd{tar cfa archive.tar.bz2 .}
8641 @end smallexample
8642
8643 @noindent
8644 whereas the following one will use @command{lzma}:
8645
8646 @smallexample
8647 $ @kbd{tar cfa archive.tar.lzma .}
8648 @end smallexample
8649
8650 For a complete list of file name suffixes recognized by @GNUTAR{},
8651 @ref{auto-compress}.
8652
8653 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
8654 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
8655 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
8656 archive created in previous example:
8657
8658 @smallexample
8659 # List the compressed archive
8660 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
8661 # Extract the compressed archive
8662 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
8663 @end smallexample
8664
8665 The format recognition algorithm is based on @dfn{signatures}, a
8666 special byte sequences in the beginning of file, that are specific for
8667 certain compression formats. If this approach fails, @command{tar}
8668 falls back to using archive name suffix to determine its format
8669 (@xref{auto-compress}, for a list of recognized suffixes).
8670
8671 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
8672 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
8673 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
8674 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
8675
8676 @smallexample
8677 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
8678 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
8679 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
8680 @end smallexample
8681
8682 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
8683 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
8684
8685 @smallexample
8686 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
8687 @end smallexample
8688
8689 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
8690 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
8691 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update} (@option{-u}))
8692 them or delete (@option{--delete}) members from them or
8693 add (@option{--append} (@option{-r})) members to them. Likewise, you
8694 cannot append another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
8695 @option{--concatenate} (@option{-A})). Secondly, multi-volume
8696 archives cannot be compressed.
8697
8698 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
8699
8700 @table @option
8701 @anchor{auto-compress}
8702 @opindex auto-compress
8703 @item --auto-compress
8704 @itemx -a
8705 Select a compression program to use by the archive file name
8706 suffix. The following suffixes are recognized:
8707
8708 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.6
8709 @headitem Suffix @tab Compression program
8710 @item @samp{.gz} @tab @command{gzip}
8711 @item @samp{.tgz} @tab @command{gzip}
8712 @item @samp{.taz} @tab @command{gzip}
8713 @item @samp{.Z} @tab @command{compress}
8714 @item @samp{.taZ} @tab @command{compress}
8715 @item @samp{.bz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
8716 @item @samp{.tz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
8717 @item @samp{.tbz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
8718 @item @samp{.tbz} @tab @command{bzip2}
8719 @item @samp{.lzma} @tab @command{lzma}
8720 @item @samp{.tlz} @tab @command{lzma}
8721 @item @samp{.lzo} @tab @command{lzop}
8722 @item @samp{.xz} @tab @command{xz}
8723 @end multitable
8724
8725 @opindex gzip
8726 @opindex ungzip
8727 @item -z
8728 @itemx --gzip
8729 @itemx --ungzip
8730 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
8731
8732 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
8733 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
8734 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
8735 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
8736 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
8737 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
8738
8739 @smallexample
8740 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
8741 @end smallexample
8742
8743 @noindent
8744 Another way would be to avoid the @option{--gzip} (@option{--gunzip}, @option{--ungzip}, @option{-z}) option and run
8745 @command{gzip} explicitly:
8746
8747 @smallexample
8748 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
8749 @end smallexample
8750
8751 @cindex corrupted archives
8752 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
8753 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
8754 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
8755 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
8756 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
8757 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
8758
8759 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
8760 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
8761 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
8762 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
8763 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
8764 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
8765
8766 @opindex bzip2
8767 @item -J
8768 @itemx --xz
8769 Filter the archive through @code{xz}. Otherwise like
8770 @option{--gzip}.
8771
8772 @item -j
8773 @itemx --bzip2
8774 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
8775
8776 @opindex lzma
8777 @item --lzma
8778 Filter the archive through @command{lzma}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
8779
8780 @opindex lzop
8781 @item --lzop
8782 Filter the archive through @command{lzop}. Otherwise like
8783 @option{--gzip}.
8784
8785 @opindex compress
8786 @opindex uncompress
8787 @item -Z
8788 @itemx --compress
8789 @itemx --uncompress
8790 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
8791
8792 @opindex use-compress-program
8793 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
8794 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
8795 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
8796 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
8797 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
8798
8799 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
8800 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
8801
8802 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
8803 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
8804 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
8805 @end table
8806
8807 @cindex gpg, using with tar
8808 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
8809 @cindex Using encrypted archives
8810 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
8811 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
8812 compression/decompression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
8813 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
8814 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
8815 Manual}). The following script does that:
8816
8817 @smallexample
8818 @group
8819 #! /bin/sh
8820 case $1 in
8821 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
8822 '') gzip -c | gpg -s ;;
8823 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
8824 esac
8825 @end group
8826 @end smallexample
8827
8828 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
8829 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a compressed
8830 archive signed with your private key:
8831
8832 @smallexample
8833 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
8834 @end smallexample
8835
8836 @noindent
8837 Likewise, the command below will list its contents:
8838
8839 @smallexample
8840 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
8841 @end smallexample
8842
8843 @ignore
8844 The above is based on the following discussion:
8845
8846 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
8847 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
8848 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
8849 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
8850 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
8851 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
8852 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
8853 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
8854 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
8855 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
8856
8857 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
8858 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
8859 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
8860 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
8861 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
8862
8863 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
8864 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
8865 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
8866 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
8867 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
8868
8869 Isn't that exactly the role of the
8870 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
8871 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
8872 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
8873 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
8874 extraction is needed rather than creation.
8875
8876 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
8877 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
8878 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
8879 end up with less space on the tape.
8880 @end ignore
8881
8882 @node sparse
8883 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
8884 @cindex Sparse Files
8885
8886 Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}. A @dfn{hole}
8887 in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
8888 The contents of a hole reads as all zeros. On many operating systems,
8889 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
8890 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
8891 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
8892 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
8893 (@option{-S}). When you use this option, then, for any file using
8894 less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
8895 searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records
8896 in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
8897 are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On
8898 extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
8899 such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
8900 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
8901 won't take more space than the original.
8902
8903 @table @option
8904 @opindex sparse
8905 @item -S
8906 @itemx --sparse
8907 This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
8908 before attempting to archive it. If the file is found to be sparse it
8909 is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
8910 used by its image in the archive.
8911
8912 This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives. It
8913 has no effect on extraction.
8914 @end table
8915
8916 Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
8917 to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
8918 system.
8919
8920 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
8921 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
8922 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
8923 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
8924 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
8925 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
8926
8927 However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
8928 drawback. Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
8929 @command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
8930 the file is read @strong{twice}. So, always bear in mind that the
8931 time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
8932 the time needed to archive them without it.
8933 @FIXME{A technical note:
8934
8935 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
8936 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
8937 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
8938 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
8939 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
8940 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
8941 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
8942 1990-12-10:
8943
8944 @quotation
8945 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
8946 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
8947 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
8948 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
8949 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
8950 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
8951
8952 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
8953 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
8954 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
8955 get it right.
8956 @end quotation
8957 }
8958
8959 @cindex sparse formats, defined
8960 When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
8961 sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
8962 formats}. A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
8963 consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot. By
8964 default, format @samp{1.0} is used. If, for some reason, you wish to
8965 use an earlier format, you can select it using
8966 @option{--sparse-version} option.
8967
8968 @table @option
8969 @opindex sparse-version
8970 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
8971
8972 Select the format to store sparse files in. Valid @var{version} values
8973 are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}. @xref{Sparse Formats},
8974 for a detailed description of each format.
8975 @end table
8976
8977 Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
8978
8979 @node Attributes
8980 @section Handling File Attributes
8981 @cindex atrributes, files
8982 @cindex file attributes
8983
8984 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
8985 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
8986 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
8987 place.
8988
8989 @table @option
8990 @opindex atime-preserve
8991 @item --atime-preserve
8992 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
8993 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
8994 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
8995 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
8996
8997 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
8998 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
8999 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
9000 (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
9001 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
9002 running.
9003
9004 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
9005 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
9006 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
9007 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
9008 complains right away.
9009
9010 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
9011 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
9012 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
9013
9014 @opindex touch
9015 @item -m
9016 @itemx --touch
9017 Do not extract data modification time.
9018
9019 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
9020 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
9021 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
9022
9023 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9024
9025 @opindex same-owner
9026 @item --same-owner
9027 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
9028 archive.
9029
9030 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
9031 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
9032 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
9033 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
9034 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
9035 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
9036 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
9037
9038 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
9039 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
9040 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
9041 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
9042 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
9043 the archive instead.
9044
9045 @opindex no-same-owner
9046 @item --no-same-owner
9047 @itemx -o
9048 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
9049 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
9050 only for the superuser.
9051
9052 @opindex numeric-owner
9053 @item --numeric-owner
9054 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
9055 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
9056 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
9057 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
9058 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
9059
9060 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
9061 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
9062 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
9063 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
9064 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
9065 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
9066 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
9067 disk into another machine to do the restore.
9068
9069 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
9070 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
9071 system, unless @option{--old-archive} (@option{-o}) is used. Numeric ids could be
9072 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
9073 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
9074 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
9075
9076 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
9077 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
9078 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
9079 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
9080 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
9081 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
9082 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
9083 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
9084 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
9085 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
9086 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
9087 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
9088 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
9089 gives you a great deal of control already.
9090
9091 @xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
9092 @xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
9093 @item -p
9094 @itemx --same-permissions
9095 @itemx --preserve-permissions
9096 Extract all protection information.
9097
9098 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
9099 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
9100 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
9101 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
9102 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
9103
9104
9105 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9106
9107 @opindex preserve
9108 @item --preserve
9109 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
9110
9111 This option is deprecated, and will be removed in @GNUTAR{} version 1.23.
9112
9113 @end table
9114
9115 @node Portability
9116 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9117
9118 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
9119 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
9120 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
9121 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
9122 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
9123 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
9124 archives more portable.
9125
9126 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
9127 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
9128 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
9129 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
9130
9131 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
9132 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
9133
9134 @menu
9135 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
9136 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
9137 * hard links:: Hard Links
9138 * old:: Old V7 Archives
9139 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
9140 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
9141 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
9142 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
9143 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
9144 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
9145 Other @command{tar} Implementations
9146 @end menu
9147
9148 @node Portable Names
9149 @subsection Portable Names
9150
9151 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
9152 only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
9153 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
9154 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
9155 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
9156 less.
9157
9158 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
9159 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
9160 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
9161 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
9162 than System V's.
9163
9164 @node dereference
9165 @subsection Symbolic Links
9166 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
9167 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
9168
9169 @opindex dereference
9170 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
9171 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
9172 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
9173 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with @option{--create} (@option{-c}), and causes
9174 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
9175 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
9176 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
9177 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
9178
9179 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
9180 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
9181 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
9182 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
9183 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
9184 system.
9185
9186 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
9187 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
9188 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
9189
9190 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
9191 and use @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}): many systems do not support
9192 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
9193 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
9194
9195 @node hard links
9196 @subsection Hard Links
9197 @cindex File names, using hard links
9198 @cindex hard links, dereferencing
9199 @cindex dereferencing hard links
9200
9201 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a hard link, it writes a
9202 block to the archive naming the target of the link (a @samp{1} type
9203 block). In that way, the actual file contents is stored in file only
9204 once. For example, consider the following two files:
9205
9206 @smallexample
9207 @group
9208 $ ls
9209 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 one
9210 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 jeden
9211 @end group
9212 @end smallexample
9213
9214 Here, @file{jeden} is a link to @file{one}. When archiving this
9215 directory with a verbose level 2, you will get an output similar to
9216 the following:
9217
9218 @smallexample
9219 $ tar cfvv ../archive.tar .
9220 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9221 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9222 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one link to ./jeden
9223 @end smallexample
9224
9225 The last line shows that, instead of storing two copies of the file,
9226 @command{tar} stored it only once, under the name @file{jeden}, and
9227 stored file @file{one} as a hard link to this file.
9228
9229 It may be important to know that all hard links to the given file are
9230 stored in the archive. For example, this may be necessary for exact
9231 reproduction of the file system. The following option does that:
9232
9233 @table @option
9234 @xopindex{check-links, described}
9235 @item --check-links
9236 @itemx -l
9237 Check the number of links dumped for each processed file. If this
9238 number does not match the total number of hard links for the file, print
9239 a warning message.
9240 @end table
9241
9242 For example, trying to archive only file @file{jeden} with this option
9243 produces the following diagnostics:
9244
9245 @smallexample
9246 $ tar -c -f ../archive.tar jeden
9247 tar: Missing links to `jeden'.
9248 @end smallexample
9249
9250 Although creating special records for hard links helps keep a faithful
9251 record of the file system contents and makes archives more compact, it
9252 may present some difficulties when extracting individual members from
9253 the archive. For example, trying to extract file @file{one} from the
9254 archive created in previous examples produces, in the absense of file
9255 @file{jeden}:
9256
9257 @smallexample
9258 $ tar xf archive.tar ./one
9259 tar: ./one: Cannot hard link to `./jeden': No such file or directory
9260 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9261 @end smallexample
9262
9263 The reason for this behavior is that @command{tar} cannot seek back in
9264 the archive to the previous member (in this case, @file{one}), to
9265 extract it@footnote{There are plans to fix this in future releases.}.
9266 If you wish to avoid such problems at the cost of a bigger archive,
9267 use the following option:
9268
9269 @table @option
9270 @xopindex{hard-dereference, described}
9271 @item --hard-dereference
9272 Dereference hard links and store the files they refer to.
9273 @end table
9274
9275 For example, trying this option on our two sample files, we get two
9276 copies in the archive, each of which can then be extracted
9277 independently of the other:
9278
9279 @smallexample
9280 @group
9281 $ tar -c -vv -f ../archive.tar --hard-dereference .
9282 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9283 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9284 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one
9285 @end group
9286 @end smallexample
9287
9288 @node old
9289 @subsection Old V7 Archives
9290 @cindex Format, old style
9291 @cindex Old style format
9292 @cindex Old style archives
9293 @cindex v7 archive format
9294
9295 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
9296 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
9297 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
9298 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
9299 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
9300 accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
9301 option). When you specify it,
9302 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
9303 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
9304 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
9305
9306 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
9307 unless the archive was created using this option.
9308
9309 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
9310 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
9311 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
9312 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
9313 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions. Notice,
9314 however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
9315 free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
9316
9317 @node ustar
9318 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
9319
9320 @cindex ustar archive format
9321 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
9322 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
9323 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
9324 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
9325 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
9326 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
9327
9328 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
9329 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
9330
9331 @node gnu
9332 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
9333
9334 @cindex GNU archive format
9335 @cindex Old GNU archive format
9336 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
9337 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
9338 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
9339 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
9340 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
9341 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
9342 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
9343 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
9344 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
9345
9346 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
9347 this format by default. This will change in future releases, since
9348 we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
9349
9350 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
9351 @option{--format=gnu}.
9352
9353 @node posix
9354 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
9355
9356 @cindex POSIX archive format
9357 @cindex PAX archive format
9358 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
9359 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
9360
9361 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
9362 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
9363 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
9364 archive.
9365
9366 @menu
9367 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
9368 @end menu
9369
9370 @node PAX keywords
9371 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
9372
9373 @table @option
9374 @opindex pax-option
9375 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
9376 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
9377 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
9378 @end table
9379
9380 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
9381 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
9382 the following forms:
9383
9384 @table @code
9385 @item delete=@var{pattern}
9386 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
9387 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
9388 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
9389
9390 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
9391 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
9392 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
9393 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
9394 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
9395
9396 @smallexample
9397 --pax-option delete=security.*
9398 @end smallexample
9399
9400 would suppress security-related information.
9401
9402 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
9403
9404 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
9405 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
9406 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
9407
9408 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9409 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9410 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9411 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
9412 @item %f @tab The name of the file with the directory information
9413 stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
9414 on the translated file name.
9415 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9416 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9417 @end multitable
9418
9419 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
9420 results.
9421
9422 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9423 will use the following default value:
9424
9425 @smallexample
9426 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
9427 @end smallexample
9428
9429 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9430
9431 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9432 is written into the ustar header blocks for the extended headers.
9433 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the modification time
9434 of the archive member described by that extended headers.
9435
9436 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
9437 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
9438 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
9439 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
9440 the following substitutions:
9441
9442 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9443 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9444 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
9445 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
9446 starting at 1.
9447 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9448 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9449 @end multitable
9450
9451 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
9452
9453 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9454 will use the following default value:
9455
9456 @smallexample
9457 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
9458 @end smallexample
9459
9460 @noindent
9461 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
9462 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
9463 uses @samp{/tmp}.
9464
9465 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9466
9467 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9468 is written into the ustar header blocks for the global extended headers.
9469 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the time when
9470 @command{tar} was invoked.
9471
9472 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9473 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9474 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
9475 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
9476 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
9477 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
9478 record.
9479
9480 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
9481 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9482 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
9483 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9484 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
9485
9486 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
9487 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
9488 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
9489 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
9490 For example, in the command:
9491
9492 @smallexample
9493 tar --format=posix --create \
9494 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
9495 @end smallexample
9496
9497 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
9498 stored in the archive.
9499 @end table
9500
9501 In any of the forms described above, the @var{value} may be
9502 a string enclosed in curly braces. In that case, the string
9503 between the braces is understood either as a textual time
9504 representation, as described in @ref{Date input formats}, or a name of
9505 the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter
9506 case, the modification time of that file is used.
9507
9508 For example, to set all modification times to the current date, you
9509 use the following option:
9510
9511 @smallexample
9512 --pax-option='mtime:=@{now@}'
9513 @end smallexample
9514
9515 Note quoting of the option's argument.
9516
9517 @cindex archives, binary equivalent
9518 @cindex binary equivalent archives, creating
9519 As another example, here is the option that ensures that any two
9520 archives created using it, will be binary equivalent if they have the
9521 same contents:
9522
9523 @smallexample
9524 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0
9525 @end smallexample
9526
9527 @node Checksumming
9528 @subsection Checksumming Problems
9529
9530 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
9531 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
9532 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
9533 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
9534 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
9535 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
9536 accepts any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
9537 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
9538 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
9539 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
9540 vice versa.
9541
9542 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
9543 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
9544 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
9545 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
9546 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
9547 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
9548 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
9549 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
9550
9551 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
9552 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
9553 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
9554 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
9555 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
9556 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
9557 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
9558 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
9559 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
9560 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
9561 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
9562
9563 @node Large or Negative Values
9564 @subsection Large or Negative Values
9565 @cindex large values
9566 @cindex future time stamps
9567 @cindex negative time stamps
9568 @UNREVISED
9569
9570 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
9571 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
9572 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
9573 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
9574 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
9575 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
9576 help you to do so.
9577
9578 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
9579 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
9580 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
9581 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
9582 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
9583 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
9584 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
9585 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
9586 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
9587 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
9588 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
9589 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
9590 representations.
9591
9592 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
9593 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
9594 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
9595
9596 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
9597 POSIX-aware tars.}
9598
9599 @node Other Tars
9600 @subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
9601
9602 In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
9603 necessary to make your archives portable. Sometimes you may need to
9604 extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
9605 third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
9606 @GNUTAR{}. Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
9607 but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
9608 how to cope without it.
9609
9610 When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
9611 them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
9612 sparse members. You will be able to always recover such members if
9613 the archive is in PAX format. In addition split members can be
9614 recovered from archives in old GNU format. The following subsections
9615 describe the required procedures in detail.
9616
9617 @menu
9618 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
9619 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
9620 @end menu
9621
9622 @node Split Recovery
9623 @subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
9624
9625 @cindex Mutli-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
9626 If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
9627 most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
9628 it. To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
9629 This program is available from
9630 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
9631 home page}. It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
9632 valid archive. For example, if you have three volumes named from
9633 @file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
9634 extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
9635
9636 @smallexample
9637 $ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
9638 @end smallexample
9639
9640 @cindex Mutli-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
9641 You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
9642 format archives as well. However, extracting split members from a PAX
9643 archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
9644 such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
9645 different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
9646 GNU extensions. More specifically, the very first part retains its
9647 original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
9648
9649 @smallexample
9650 %d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
9651 @end smallexample
9652
9653 @noindent
9654 where symbols preceeded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
9655 have the following meaning:
9656
9657 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9658 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9659 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9660 result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
9661 @item %f @tab The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
9662 of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
9663 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
9664 created the archive.
9665 @item %n @tab Ordinal number of this particular part.
9666 @end multitable
9667
9668 For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
9669 creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
9670 had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
9671
9672 @smallexample
9673 var/longfile
9674 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
9675 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
9676 @end smallexample
9677
9678 When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
9679 files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
9680 to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
9681 the proper order, for example:
9682
9683 @smallexample
9684 @group
9685 $ @kbd{cd var}
9686 $ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
9687 GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
9688 $ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
9689 @end group
9690 @end smallexample
9691
9692 Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
9693 format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
9694 during extraction. They will look like this:
9695
9696 @smallexample
9697 @group
9698 Tar file too small
9699 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
9700 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
9701 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
9702 @end group
9703 @end smallexample
9704
9705 @noindent
9706 You can safely ignore these warnings.
9707
9708 If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
9709 more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
9710
9711 @smallexample
9712 @group
9713 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
9714 var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
9715 normal file
9716 Unexpected EOF in archive
9717 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
9718 tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
9719 GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
9720 'x', extracted as normal file
9721 @end group
9722 @end smallexample
9723
9724 Ignore these warnings. The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
9725 will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
9726 extracted files. You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
9727 members. Read further to learn more about them.
9728
9729 @node Sparse Recovery
9730 @subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
9731
9732 @cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
9733 Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
9734 PAX archive. However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
9735 i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them. When we restore such
9736 a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
9737 @dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
9738 @dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
9739
9740 @pindex xsparse
9741 To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
9742 @command{xsparse}. It is available in source form from
9743 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
9744 home page}.
9745
9746 @cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
9747 Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
9748 version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
9749 The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
9750 additional data will be needed to restore it. If the original file
9751 name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
9752 named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
9753 @var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{technically speaking, @var{n} is a
9754 @dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
9755 archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
9756
9757 To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
9758
9759 @smallexample
9760 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
9761 @end smallexample
9762
9763 @noindent
9764 where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file. The utility
9765 will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
9766 following algorithm:
9767
9768 @enumerate 1
9769 @item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
9770 @file{../cond-file} will be used;
9771
9772 @item If @file{cond-file} has the form
9773 @file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
9774 are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
9775 name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
9776
9777 @item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
9778 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
9779 @file{@var{name}}.
9780 @end enumerate
9781
9782 In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
9783 you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
9784 the command:
9785
9786 @smallexample
9787 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
9788 @end smallexample
9789
9790 It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
9791 first. In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
9792 but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so. The dry
9793 run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
9794
9795 @smallexample
9796 @group
9797 $ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9798 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
9799 Expanding file `/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
9800 `/home/gray/sparsefile'
9801 Finished dry run
9802 @end group
9803 @end smallexample
9804
9805 To actually expand the file, you would run:
9806
9807 @smallexample
9808 $ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9809 @end smallexample
9810
9811 @noindent
9812 The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
9813 quiet unless it has simething important to tell you (e.g. an error
9814 condition or something). If you wish it to produce verbose output,
9815 similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
9816
9817 @smallexample
9818 @group
9819 $ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9820 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
9821 Expanding file `/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
9822 `/home/gray/sparsefile'
9823 Done
9824 @end group
9825 @end smallexample
9826
9827 Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
9828 @dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
9829 to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
9830 The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
9831 use. Continuing our example:
9832
9833 @smallexample
9834 @group
9835 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
9836 /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9837 Reading extended header file
9838 Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
9839 Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
9840 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
9841 Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
9842 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
9843 Expanding file `/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
9844 `/home/gray/sparsefile'
9845 Done
9846 @end group
9847 @end smallexample
9848
9849 @anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
9850 @cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
9851 @cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
9852 An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
9853 that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
9854 @dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
9855 stored in the standard @code{ustar} header. While optional for
9856 expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
9857 mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
9858 and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
9859 Formats}.) So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
9860 extended headers from the archive?
9861
9862 If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
9863 format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
9864 separate file. If we represent the member name as
9865 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
9866 named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
9867 @var{n} is an integer number.
9868
9869 Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
9870 does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
9871 manually extract the headers. We recommend the following algorithm:
9872
9873 @enumerate 1
9874 @item
9875 Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
9876 option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
9877 listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option). For example,
9878 @command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
9879
9880 @item
9881 Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
9882 find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
9883 immediately following it. For example, running @command{star} on our
9884 archive we obtain:
9885
9886 @smallexample
9887 @group
9888 $ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
9889 @dots{}
9890 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
9891 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
9892 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
9893 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
9894 block 56: 425984 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
9895 block 897: 65391 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
9896 @dots{}
9897 @end group
9898 @end smallexample
9899
9900 @noindent
9901 (as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
9902
9903 @item
9904 Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
9905 and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
9906 Compute:
9907
9908 @smallexample
9909 @var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
9910 @end smallexample
9911
9912 @noindent
9913 This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
9914 In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
9915 = 7}.
9916
9917 @item
9918 Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
9919
9920 @smallexample
9921 @kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
9922 @end smallexample
9923
9924 @noindent
9925 where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
9926 file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
9927 computed in previous steps.
9928
9929 In our example, this command will be
9930
9931 @smallexample
9932 $ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
9933 @end smallexample
9934 @end enumerate
9935
9936 Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
9937
9938 @smallexample
9939 @group
9940 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9941 Reading extended header file
9942 Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
9943 Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
9944 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
9945 Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
9946 Expanding file `GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to `sparsefile'
9947 Done
9948 @end group
9949 @end smallexample
9950
9951 @node cpio
9952 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
9953 @UNREVISED
9954
9955 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
9956
9957 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
9958 file name lengths. The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
9959 length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
9960 file length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
9961 with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
9962 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
9963
9964 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
9965 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
9966 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
9967 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
9968 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
9969 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
9970 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
9971 into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
9972
9973 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
9974 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
9975 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
9976 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
9977
9978 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
9979
9980 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
9981 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
9982 (4.3-tahoe and later).
9983
9984 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
9985 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
9986 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
9987 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
9988 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
9989 field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
9990 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
9991 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
9992 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
9993 make hard links between them.
9994
9995 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
9996 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
9997 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
9998 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
9999 of the names.
10000
10001 @quotation
10002 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
10003 @end quotation
10004
10005 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
10006 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
10007 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
10008
10009 @quotation
10010 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10011 at the unix scene,
10012 @end quotation
10013
10014 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
10015 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
10016 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
10017 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
10018 @command{cpio} knew about it.
10019
10020 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
10021 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
10022 rest of the files.
10023
10024 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
10025
10026 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
10027 to start on a record boundary.
10028
10029 @quotation
10030 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
10031 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
10032 crashed archives at all.)
10033 @end quotation
10034
10035 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
10036 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
10037 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
10038 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
10039 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
10040 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
10041 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
10042 archive.
10043
10044 @quotation
10045 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10046 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
10047 @end quotation
10048
10049 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
10050 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
10051 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
10052 special files.
10053
10054 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
10055 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
10056 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
10057 backwards compatibility.
10058
10059 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
10060 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
10061 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
10062
10063 @node Media
10064 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
10065 @UNREVISED
10066
10067 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
10068 description. These special cases are discussed below.
10069
10070 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
10071 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
10072 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
10073 such manipulation easier.
10074
10075 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
10076 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
10077
10078 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
10079 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
10080 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
10081 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
10082
10083 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
10084 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
10085 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
10086 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
10087 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
10088 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
10089
10090 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
10091 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
10092 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
10093 not a good idea.
10094
10095 @menu
10096 * Device:: Device selection and switching
10097 * Remote Tape Server::
10098 * Common Problems and Solutions::
10099 * Blocking:: Blocking
10100 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
10101 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
10102 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
10103 * verify::
10104 * Write Protection::
10105 @end menu
10106
10107 @node Device
10108 @section Device Selection and Switching
10109 @UNREVISED
10110
10111 @table @option
10112 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10113 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10114 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
10115 @end table
10116
10117 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
10118 works on.
10119
10120 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
10121 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
10122 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
10123 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
10124 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
10125
10126 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
10127 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
10128 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
10129 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
10130 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
10131 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
10132 @command{rsh}.
10133 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
10134 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
10135 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
10136 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
10137 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
10138 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
10139 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
10140 runtime by using @option{rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
10141 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
10142 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
10143
10144 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
10145 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
10146 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
10147 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
10148 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
10149
10150 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
10151 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
10152 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
10153 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
10154 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
10155 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
10156 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
10157 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
10158 cartridges or diskettes.
10159
10160 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
10161 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
10162 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
10163 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
10164 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
10165 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
10166 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
10167 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
10168 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
10169 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
10170 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
10171 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
10172
10173 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
10174 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
10175 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
10176 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
10177 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
10178
10179 @table @option
10180 @xopindex{force-local, short description}
10181 @item --force-local
10182 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
10183
10184 @opindex rsh-command
10185 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
10186 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
10187 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
10188 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
10189
10190 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
10191 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
10192 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
10193 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
10194 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
10195 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
10196
10197 @item -[0-7][lmh]
10198 Specify drive and density.
10199
10200 @xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
10201 @item -M
10202 @itemx --multi-volume
10203 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
10204
10205 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
10206 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
10207 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
10208
10209 @xopindex{tape-length, short description}
10210 @item -L @var{num}
10211 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
10212 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
10213
10214 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
10215 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
10216 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
10217
10218 @xopindex{info-script, short description}
10219 @xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
10220 @item -F @var{file}
10221 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
10222 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
10223 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. This implies
10224 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
10225 description of this option.
10226 @end table
10227
10228 @node Remote Tape Server
10229 @section The Remote Tape Server
10230
10231 @cindex remote tape drive
10232 @pindex rmt
10233 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
10234 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
10235 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
10236 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
10237 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
10238 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
10239 using a different login name if one is supplied.
10240
10241 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
10242 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
10243 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
10244 installed by default.
10245
10246 @cindex absolute file names
10247 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
10248 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
10249 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
10250 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
10251 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
10252 message telling you what it is doing.
10253
10254 When reading an archive that was created with a different
10255 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
10256 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
10257 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
10258 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
10259 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
10260 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
10261 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
10262 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
10263 backup tapes.
10264
10265 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
10266 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
10267 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
10268 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
10269 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
10270 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
10271 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
10272
10273 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
10274 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
10275 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
10276 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
10277 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
10278 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
10279
10280 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
10281 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
10282 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
10283 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
10284 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
10285 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
10286
10287 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
10288 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
10289 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
10290 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
10291 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
10292
10293 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
10294 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
10295
10296 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
10297 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
10298 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
10299 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
10300 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
10301 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
10302 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
10303 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
10304
10305 @node Common Problems and Solutions
10306 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
10307
10308 @ifclear PUBLISH
10309
10310 @format
10311 errors from system:
10312 permission denied
10313 no such file or directory
10314 not owner
10315
10316 errors from @command{tar}:
10317 directory checksum error
10318 header format error
10319
10320 errors from media/system:
10321 i/o error
10322 device busy
10323 @end format
10324
10325 @end ifclear
10326
10327 @node Blocking
10328 @section Blocking
10329 @cindex block
10330 @cindex record
10331
10332 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
10333 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
10334 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
10335 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
10336 two terms in a quite consistent way.
10337
10338 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
10339 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
10340
10341 @quotation
10342 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
10343 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
10344 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
10345 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
10346 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
10347 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
10348 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
10349 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
10350 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
10351 parameter specified this to the operating system.
10352
10353 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
10354 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
10355 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
10356 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
10357 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
10358 into the source code too.
10359 @end quotation
10360
10361 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
10362 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
10363 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
10364 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
10365 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
10366 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
10367 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
10368 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
10369 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
10370 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
10371 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
10372 in @GNUTAR{}.
10373
10374 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
10375 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
10376 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
10377 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
10378 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
10379 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
10380 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
10381 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
10382 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
10383 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
10384 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
10385 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
10386 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
10387 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
10388 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
10389
10390 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
10391 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
10392 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10393 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
10394 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
10395 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
10396 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
10397 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
10398 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
10399
10400 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
10401 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
10402 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
10403 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
10404 honor blocking.
10405
10406 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
10407 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
10408 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
10409 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
10410 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
10411 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
10412 blocking factor (with @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the
10413 actual blocking factor, and then use the @option{--read-full-records}
10414 (@option{-B}) option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
10415 @option{--blocking-factor} and don't use the
10416 @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
10417 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
10418 you must always specify the record size exactly with
10419 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
10420 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
10421 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
10422 correctly.
10423
10424 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
10425 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
10426 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
10427 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
10428 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
10429
10430 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
10431 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
10432 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
10433 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
10434 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
10435 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
10436 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
10437 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
10438 around one megabyte.
10439
10440 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
10441 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
10442 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
10443 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
10444 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
10445 device.
10446
10447 @menu
10448 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
10449 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10450 @end menu
10451
10452 @node Format Variations
10453 @subsection Format Variations
10454 @cindex Format Parameters
10455 @cindex Format Options
10456 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
10457 @cindex Options, format specifying
10458 @UNREVISED
10459
10460 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
10461 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
10462 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
10463 store the archive.
10464
10465 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
10466 you can use the options described in the following sections.
10467 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
10468 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
10469 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
10470 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
10471 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
10472 examples of format parameter considerations.
10473
10474 @node Blocking Factor
10475 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10476 @cindex Blocking Factor
10477 @cindex Record Size
10478 @cindex Number of blocks per record
10479 @cindex Number of bytes per record
10480 @cindex Bytes per record
10481 @cindex Blocks per record
10482 @UNREVISED
10483
10484 @opindex blocking-factor
10485 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
10486 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
10487 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
10488 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
10489 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10490 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
10491 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
10492 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
10493 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
10494 This may not work on some devices.
10495
10496 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
10497 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
10498 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
10499 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
10500 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
10501 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
10502 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
10503 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
10504 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
10505 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
10506 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
10507 writing archives.
10508
10509 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
10510
10511 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
10512 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
10513 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
10514 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
10515 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
10516 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
10517
10518 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
10519 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
10520 example, this has been reported:
10521
10522 @smallexample
10523 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
10524 @end smallexample
10525
10526 @noindent
10527 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
10528 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
10529 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
10530 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
10531 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
10532 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
10533 for example, might resolve the problem.
10534
10535 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
10536 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
10537 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
10538 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
10539 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
10540 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
10541 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
10542 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
10543 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
10544 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
10545 (i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
10546 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
10547 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
10548
10549 @table @option
10550 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
10551 @itemx -b @var{number}
10552 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
10553 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
10554 @end table
10555
10556 Device blocking
10557
10558 @table @option
10559 @item -b @var{blocks}
10560 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
10561 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
10562
10563 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
10564 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
10565 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
10566 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
10567 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
10568 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
10569
10570 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
10571 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
10572 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
10573 running on old machines with small address spaces.
10574
10575 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
10576 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
10577 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
10578 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
10579 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
10580
10581 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
10582 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
10583 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
10584 updating the archive.
10585
10586 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
10587 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
10588 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
10589 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
10590
10591 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
10592 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
10593 the amount of available virtual memory.
10594
10595 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
10596 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
10597 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
10598 @itemize @bullet
10599 @item
10600 the archive is subject to a compression option,
10601 @item
10602 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
10603 redirected nor piped,
10604 @item
10605 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
10606 device,
10607 @item
10608 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
10609 invocation.
10610 @end itemize
10611
10612 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
10613 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
10614 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
10615 topic:
10616
10617 @itemize @bullet
10618
10619 @item
10620 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
10621 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
10622 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
10623 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
10624 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
10625 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
10626
10627 @item
10628 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
10629 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
10630 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
10631 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
10632 ignored.
10633
10634 @item
10635 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
10636 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
10637 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
10638 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
10639 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
10640 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
10641 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
10642
10643 @item
10644 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
10645 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
10646 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
10647 @end itemize
10648
10649 @xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
10650 @item -i
10651 @itemx --ignore-zeros
10652 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
10653
10654 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
10655 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
10656 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
10657 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
10658 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
10659 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
10660 the zeroed blocks.
10661
10662 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
10663 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
10664 are stored on a single physical tape.
10665
10666 @xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
10667 @item -B
10668 @itemx --read-full-records
10669 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
10670
10671 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
10672 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
10673 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
10674 until it has obtained a full
10675 record.
10676
10677 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
10678 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
10679 because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
10680 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
10681 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
10682 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
10683
10684 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
10685
10686 @end table
10687
10688 Tape blocking
10689
10690 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
10691
10692 @cindex blocking factor
10693 @cindex tape blocking
10694
10695 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
10696 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
10697 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
10698 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
10699 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
10700 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
10701 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
10702 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
10703 tape motion without loosing information.
10704
10705 @cindex Exabyte blocking
10706 @cindex DAT blocking
10707 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
10708 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
10709 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
10710 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
10711 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
10712 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
10713 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
10714 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
10715 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
10716 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
10717 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
10718 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
10719 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
10720 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
10721 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
10722 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
10723
10724 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
10725 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
10726 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
10727 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
10728
10729 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
10730 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
10731 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
10732
10733 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
10734 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
10735 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
10736
10737 @node Many
10738 @section Many Archives on One Tape
10739
10740 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
10741
10742 @findex ntape @r{device}
10743 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
10744 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
10745 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
10746 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
10747 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
10748 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
10749 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
10750 device.
10751
10752 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
10753 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
10754 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
10755 means that a simple:
10756
10757 @smallexample
10758 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
10759 @end smallexample
10760
10761 @noindent
10762 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
10763 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
10764 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
10765 just been saved.
10766
10767 @cindex tape positioning
10768 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
10769 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
10770 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
10771 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
10772 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
10773 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
10774 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
10775 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
10776 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
10777 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
10778 recovered.
10779
10780 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
10781 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
10782
10783 @smallexample
10784 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
10785 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
10786 @end smallexample
10787
10788 @cindex tape marks
10789 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
10790 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
10791 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
10792 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
10793 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
10794 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
10795 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
10796 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
10797 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
10798 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
10799 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
10800
10801 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
10802 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
10803
10804 @smallexample
10805 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
10806 @end smallexample
10807
10808 @noindent
10809 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
10810
10811 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
10812 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
10813 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
10814 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
10815 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
10816 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
10817 these commands:
10818
10819 @smallexample
10820 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
10821 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
10822 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
10823 @end smallexample
10824
10825 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
10826 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
10827
10828 @menu
10829 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
10830 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
10831 @end menu
10832
10833 @node Tape Positioning
10834 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
10835 @UNREVISED
10836
10837 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
10838 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
10839 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
10840 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
10841 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
10842 two at the end of all the file entries.
10843
10844 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
10845 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
10846
10847 @smallexample
10848 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
10849 @end smallexample
10850
10851 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
10852 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
10853 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
10854 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
10855 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
10856 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
10857 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
10858 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
10859 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
10860 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
10861 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
10862 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
10863
10864 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
10865 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
10866 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
10867 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
10868 following:
10869
10870 @smallexample
10871 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
10872 @end smallexample
10873
10874 @node mt
10875 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
10876 @UNREVISED
10877
10878 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
10879 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
10880 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
10881
10882 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
10883 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
10884 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
10885 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
10886 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
10887 together"?}
10888
10889 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
10890
10891 @smallexample
10892 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
10893 @end smallexample
10894
10895 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
10896 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
10897 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
10898
10899 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
10900
10901 @table @option
10902 @item eof
10903 @itemx weof
10904 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
10905
10906 @item fsf
10907 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
10908
10909 @item bsf
10910 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
10911
10912 @item rewind
10913 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
10914
10915 @item offline
10916 @itemx rewoff1
10917 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
10918
10919 @item status
10920 Prints status information about the tape unit.
10921
10922 @end table
10923
10924 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
10925 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
10926 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
10927 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
10928 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
10929
10930 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
10931 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
10932 failed.
10933
10934 @node Using Multiple Tapes
10935 @section Using Multiple Tapes
10936
10937 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
10938 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
10939 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
10940 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
10941 Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
10942 multi-volume archives.
10943
10944 @dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
10945 on several media volumes of fixed size. Although in this section we will
10946 often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
10947 requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes. Instead,
10948 they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
10949 even be located on files.
10950
10951 When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
10952 current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
10953 next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
10954 this point), and continues working on the new volume. This operation
10955 continues until all requested files are dumped. If @GNUTAR{} detects
10956 end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
10957 form. Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
10958
10959 Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
10960 without any special options. Consequently any file member residing
10961 entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
10962 without needing the other volume. Sure enough, to extract a split
10963 member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
10964
10965 Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations. In particular,
10966 they cannot be compressed.
10967
10968 @GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
10969 (@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
10970
10971 @menu
10972 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
10973 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
10974 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
10975
10976 @end menu
10977
10978 @node Multi-Volume Archives
10979 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
10980 @cindex Multi-volume archives
10981
10982 @opindex multi-volume
10983 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
10984 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
10985 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
10986 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
10987 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
10988 than one tape or disk.
10989
10990 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
10991 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
10992 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
10993 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
10994 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
10995 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
10996
10997 @table @option
10998 @item --multi-volume
10999 @itemx -M
11000 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
11001 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
11002 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
11003 operation.
11004 For example:
11005
11006 @smallexample
11007 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11008 @end smallexample
11009 @end table
11010
11011 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
11012 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. If @command{tar}
11013 cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
11014 @option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
11015 tape:
11016
11017 @anchor{tape-length}
11018 @table @option
11019 @opindex tape-length
11020 @item --tape-length=@var{size}
11021 @itemx -L @var{size}
11022 Set maximum length of a volume. The @var{size} argument should then
11023 be the usable size of the tape in units of 1024 bytes. This option
11024 selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically. For example:
11025
11026 @smallexample
11027 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11028 @end smallexample
11029 @end table
11030
11031 @anchor{change volume prompt}
11032 When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
11033 change the volume. The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
11034 is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
11035 translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
11036
11037 @smallexample
11038 Prepare volume #@var{n} for `@var{archive}' and hit return:
11039 @end smallexample
11040
11041 @noindent
11042 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
11043 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
11044
11045 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
11046 responses:
11047
11048 @table @kbd
11049 @item ?
11050 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
11051 @item q
11052 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
11053 @item n @var{file-name}
11054 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
11055 @item !
11056 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
11057 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
11058 @command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
11059 this option}.
11060 @item y
11061 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
11062 @end table
11063
11064 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
11065 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
11066
11067 @cindex Volume number file
11068 @cindex volno file
11069 @anchor{volno-file}
11070 @opindex volno-file
11071 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
11072 can be changed; if you give the
11073 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
11074 @var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
11075 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
11076 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
11077 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
11078 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
11079 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
11080 the number used in the prompt.)
11081
11082 @cindex End-of-archive info script
11083 @cindex Info script
11084 @anchor{info-script}
11085 @opindex info-script
11086 @opindex new-volume-script
11087 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
11088 @dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
11089 volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
11090 prompting procedure:
11091
11092 @table @option
11093 @item --info-script=@var{script-name}
11094 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-name}
11095 @itemx -F @var{script-name}
11096 Specify the full name of the volume script to use. The script can be
11097 used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
11098 @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
11099 backups.
11100 @end table
11101
11102 The @var{script-name} is executed without any command line
11103 arguments. It inherits @command{tar}'s shell environment.
11104 Additional data is passed to it via the following
11105 environment variables:
11106
11107 @table @env
11108 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
11109 @item TAR_VERSION
11110 @GNUTAR{} version number.
11111
11112 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
11113 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
11114 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
11115
11116 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, info script environment variable
11117 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
11118 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}.
11119
11120 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
11121 @item TAR_VOLUME
11122 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
11123
11124 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
11125 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
11126 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing
11127 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
11128
11129 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
11130 @item TAR_FORMAT
11131 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
11132 list of archive format names.
11133
11134 @vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
11135 @item TAR_FD
11136 File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
11137 name to @command{tar}.
11138 @end table
11139
11140 The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
11141 by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
11142
11143 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
11144 writing the next volume.
11145
11146 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
11147 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
11148 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
11149 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
11150 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
11151 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
11152 the info script). For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
11153 a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having
11154 @GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
11155 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
11156
11157 @smallexample
11158 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11159 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11160 @end smallexample
11161
11162 The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
11163 prompt.
11164
11165 Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
11166 writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}. For example, the
11167 following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
11168 @file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
11169 archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
11170 @var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
11171
11172 @smallexample
11173 @group
11174 #! /bin/sh
11175 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
11176
11177 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
11178 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
11179 -c) ;;
11180 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
11181 ;;
11182 *) exit 1
11183 esac
11184
11185 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
11186 @end group
11187 @end smallexample
11188
11189 The same script can be used while listing, comparing or extracting
11190 from the created archive. For example:
11191
11192 @smallexample
11193 @group
11194 # @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
11195 $ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11196 # @r{Extract from the created archive:}
11197 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11198 @end group
11199 @end smallexample
11200
11201 @noindent
11202 Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
11203 otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
11204 @file{archive.tar}.
11205
11206 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
11207 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
11208 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
11209 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
11210 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
11211 @option{--multi-volume}.
11212
11213 If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
11214 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
11215 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
11216 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
11217 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
11218 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
11219 information about extracting archives.
11220
11221 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
11222 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
11223 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
11224 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
11225
11226 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
11227 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
11228 created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
11229 added later. To label subsequent volumes, specify
11230 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
11231 @option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
11232
11233 Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
11234 created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}. If you
11235 absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
11236 implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
11237
11238 @node Tape Files
11239 @subsection Tape Files
11240 @cindex labeling archives
11241 @opindex label
11242 @UNREVISED
11243
11244 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
11245 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
11246 option. This will write a special block identifying
11247 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
11248 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
11249 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
11250 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
11251 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
11252 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
11253 (If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}}) option when
11254 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
11255 matches the one you give. @xref{label}.
11256
11257 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
11258 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
11259 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
11260 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
11261 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
11262 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
11263 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
11264
11265 People seem to often do:
11266
11267 @smallexample
11268 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
11269 @end smallexample
11270
11271 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
11272
11273 @node Tarcat
11274 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11275
11276 @pindex tarcat
11277 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
11278 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
11279 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
11280 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
11281 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
11282
11283 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
11284 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
11285
11286 @smallexample
11287 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
11288 @end smallexample
11289
11290 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
11291 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
11292 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
11293 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
11294 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
11295 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
11296
11297 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
11298
11299 @node label
11300 @section Including a Label in the Archive
11301 @cindex Labeling an archive
11302 @cindex Labels on the archive media
11303 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
11304 @UNREVISED
11305
11306 @opindex label
11307 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
11308 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
11309 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
11310 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11311 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include
11312 a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
11313
11314 @table @option
11315 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
11316 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
11317 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
11318 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
11319 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
11320 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
11321 operation.
11322 @end table
11323
11324 If you create an archive using both
11325 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11326 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
11327 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
11328 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
11329 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
11330 creating multiple volume archives.
11331
11332 @cindex Volume label, listing
11333 @cindex Listing volume label
11334 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
11335 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
11336 explicitly marked as in the example below:
11337
11338 @smallexample
11339 @group
11340 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
11341 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
11342 -rw-r--r-- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
11343 @end group
11344 @end smallexample
11345
11346 @opindex test-label
11347 @anchor{--test-label option}
11348 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
11349 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
11350 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
11351 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
11352 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
11353 devices. For example:
11354
11355 @smallexample
11356 @group
11357 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
11358 iamalabel
11359 @end group
11360 @end smallexample
11361
11362 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
11363 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
11364 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
11365 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
11366
11367 @smallexample
11368 @group
11369 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
11370 @result{} 0
11371 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
11372 @result{} 1
11373 @end group
11374 @end smallexample
11375
11376 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
11377 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
11378 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
11379 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
11380 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
11381 to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
11382 you will get:
11383
11384 @smallexample
11385 @group
11386 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
11387 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
11388 @end group
11389 @end smallexample
11390
11391 @noindent
11392 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
11393 @file{archive} is not labeled at all.
11394
11395 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
11396 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
11397 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
11398 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
11399 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
11400 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
11401 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
11402 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
11403 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
11404 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
11405 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
11406 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
11407 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
11408 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
11409 of it when the archive is being read.
11410
11411 The @option{--label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not
11412 available under that name anymore.
11413
11414 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
11415 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
11416 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
11417 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
11418
11419 @smallexample
11420 @group
11421 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11422 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
11423 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11424 @end group
11425 @end smallexample
11426
11427 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
11428 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
11429 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
11430 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
11431 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
11432 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
11433 is usually not the case.
11434
11435 @node verify
11436 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
11437 @cindex Verifying a write operation
11438 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
11439
11440 @table @option
11441 @item -W
11442 @itemx --verify
11443 @opindex verify, short description
11444 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
11445 @end table
11446
11447 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
11448 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
11449 are recorded on the standard error output.
11450
11451 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
11452 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
11453 cannot be verified.
11454
11455 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
11456 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
11457 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
11458 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
11459 it is up to date.
11460
11461 @xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
11462 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
11463 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
11464 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
11465 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
11466 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
11467 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
11468
11469 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
11470 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
11471 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
11472 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
11473
11474 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
11475 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
11476 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
11477 @xref{compare}.
11478
11479 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
11480 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
11481 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
11482 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
11483 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
11484 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
11485 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
11486 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
11487 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
11488 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
11489 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
11490 the same volume as the one just written or read.
11491
11492 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
11493 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
11494 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
11495 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
11496 as long as programming is concerned.
11497
11498 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
11499 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
11500 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
11501 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
11502 information on these operations.
11503
11504 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
11505 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
11506 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
11507 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
11508 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
11509
11510 @node Write Protection
11511 @section Write Protection
11512
11513 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
11514 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
11515 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
11516 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
11517 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
11518 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
11519
11520 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
11521 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
11522 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
11523 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
11524 changeable feature.
11525
11526 @node Changes
11527 @appendix Changes
11528
11529 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
11530 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
11531 version of this document is available at
11532 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
11533 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
11534
11535 @table @asis
11536 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
11537
11538 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
11539 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
11540
11541 @smallexample
11542 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
11543 @end smallexample
11544
11545 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
11546 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
11547 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
11548 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
11549 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
11550 named @file{*.c}.
11551
11552 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
11553 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
11554 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
11555 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
11556
11557 @smallexample
11558 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
11559 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
11560 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
11561 tar: suppress this warning.
11562 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
11563 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
11564 @end smallexample
11565
11566 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use --wildcards option.
11567 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
11568 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
11569
11570 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
11571 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
11572
11573 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
11574
11575 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
11576 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
11577
11578 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
11579 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
11580 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
11581
11582 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
11583 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
11584 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
11585
11586 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
11587 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
11588 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
11589 of this issue and its implications.
11590
11591 @xref{Options, tar-formats, Changing Automake's Behavior,
11592 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
11593 archive formats with @command{automake}.
11594
11595 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
11596 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
11597
11598 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
11599
11600 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
11601 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
11602 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
11603 implementation, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
11604 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
11605 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
11606 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
11607
11608 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
11609
11610 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
11611
11612 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
11613
11614 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
11615 @end table
11616
11617 @node Configuring Help Summary
11618 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
11619
11620 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
11621 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
11622 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
11623 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
11624 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
11625 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
11626 --help} output:
11627
11628 @verbatim
11629 Main operation mode:
11630
11631 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
11632 -c, --create create a new archive
11633 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
11634 file system
11635 --delete delete from the archive
11636 @end verbatim
11637
11638 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
11639 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
11640 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
11641 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
11642 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
11643 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
11644 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
11645 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
11646 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
11647
11648 @table @asis
11649 @item Offset assignment
11650
11651 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
11652
11653 @smallexample
11654 @var{variable}=@var{value}
11655 @end smallexample
11656
11657 @noindent
11658 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
11659 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
11660
11661 @item Boolean assignment
11662
11663 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
11664 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
11665 example:
11666
11667 @smallexample
11668 @group
11669 # Assign @code{true} value:
11670 dup-args
11671 # Assign @code{false} value:
11672 no-dup-args
11673 @end group
11674 @end smallexample
11675 @end table
11676
11677 Following variables are declared:
11678
11679 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
11680 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
11681 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
11682
11683 @smallexample
11684 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11685 @end smallexample
11686
11687 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
11688 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
11689
11690 @smallexample
11691 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11692 @end smallexample
11693
11694 @noindent
11695 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
11696 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
11697 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
11698
11699 The default is false.
11700 @end deftypevr
11701
11702 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
11703 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
11704 is displayed at the end of the help output:
11705
11706 @quotation
11707 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
11708 optional for any corresponding short options.
11709 @end quotation
11710
11711 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
11712 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
11713 @end deftypevr
11714
11715 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
11716 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
11717
11718 @smallexample
11719 @group
11720 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11721 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11722 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11723 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11724 @end group
11725 @end smallexample
11726 @end deftypevr
11727
11728 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
11729 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
11730
11731 @smallexample
11732 @group
11733 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11734 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11735 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11736 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11737 @end group
11738 @end smallexample
11739 @end deftypevr
11740
11741 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
11742 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
11743 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
11744 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
11745 the description of @option{--format} option:
11746
11747 @smallexample
11748 @group
11749 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
11750
11751 FORMAT is one of the following:
11752
11753 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
11754 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
11755 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
11756 posix same as pax
11757 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
11758 v7 old V7 tar format
11759 @end group
11760 @end smallexample
11761
11762 @noindent
11763 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
11764 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
11765 will look as follows:
11766
11767 @smallexample
11768 @group
11769 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
11770
11771 FORMAT is one of the following:
11772
11773 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
11774 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
11775 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
11776 posix same as pax
11777 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
11778 v7 old V7 tar format
11779 @end group
11780 @end smallexample
11781 @end deftypevr
11782
11783 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
11784 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
11785
11786 @smallexample
11787 @group
11788 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11789 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11790 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11791 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11792 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11793 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
11794 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11795 @end group
11796 @end smallexample
11797
11798 @noindent
11799 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
11800 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
11801 @end deftypevr
11802
11803 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
11804 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
11805 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
11806 following text:
11807
11808 @verbatim
11809 Main operation mode:
11810
11811 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
11812 an archive
11813 -c, --create create a new archive
11814 @end verbatim
11815 @noindent
11816 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
11817
11818 The default value is 1.
11819 @end deftypevr
11820
11821 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
11822 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
11823 output. Default is 12.
11824 @end deftypevr
11825
11826 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
11827 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
11828 @end deftypevr
11829
11830 @node Fixing Snapshot Files
11831 @appendix Fixing Snapshot Files
11832 @include tar-snapshot-edit.texi
11833
11834 @node Tar Internals
11835 @appendix Tar Internals
11836 @include intern.texi
11837
11838 @node Genfile
11839 @appendix Genfile
11840 @include genfile.texi
11841
11842 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
11843 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
11844 @include freemanuals.texi
11845
11846 @node Copying This Manual
11847 @appendix Copying This Manual
11848
11849 @menu
11850 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
11851 @end menu
11852
11853 @include fdl.texi
11854
11855 @node Index of Command Line Options
11856 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
11857
11858 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
11859 options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
11860 For a cross-reference of short command line options, @ref{Short Option Summary}.
11861
11862 @printindex op
11863
11864 @node Index
11865 @appendix Index
11866
11867 @printindex cp
11868
11869 @summarycontents
11870 @contents
11871 @bye
11872
11873 @c Local variables:
11874 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
11875 @c End:
This page took 0.58548 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.